Created byFuzzy Cloud

Supreme Court of India

ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PRIVATE LIMITEDversusTHE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX & ANR.

Citation
2021 INSC 137
Decided
2 March 2021
Disposal
Disposed off

Holding

The amounts paid by resident Indian end-users/distributors to non-resident computer software manufacturers/suppliers as consideration for the resale/use of computer software through EULAs/distribution agreements is not payment of royalty for the use of copyright in the computer software, and does not give rise to any income taxable in India, so no TDS is required under section 195 of the Income Tax Act.

Summary

The Supreme Court considered appeals concerning whether payments made by Indian residents to non-resident foreign software suppliers for computer software, under End User Licence Agreements (EULAs) and distribution agreements, constitute 'royalty' under the Income Tax Act, 1961 and Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs), thereby requiring tax deduction at source (TDS) under section 195. The Court examined the definition of royalty in the DTAAs and the Income Tax Act, the nature of rights transferred under EULAs, and the provisions of the Copyright Act, 1957. It held that such payments are not royalty because the EULAs do not transfer any copyright interest; they are merely sales of goods. The Court also clarified that the DTAA definition prevails over the domestic law when more beneficial, and that the retrospective amendment (Explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi)) cannot be applied to prior assessment years. Consequently, no TDS is required. The appeals from the Karnataka High Court were allowed, and those from the Delhi High Court were dismissed.

Issues considered

  • Whether amounts paid by resident Indian end-users/distributors to non-resident computer software manufacturers/suppliers as consideration for the resale/use of computer software through EULAs/distribution agreements constitute 'royalty' under the Income Tax Act and DTAAs?
  • Whether such payments give rise to income taxable in India, requiring TDS under section 195 of the Income Tax Act?
  • Whether the definition of 'royalty' in the DTAAs or the Income Tax Act applies, and which is more beneficial to the assessee?
  • Whether the retrospective amendment (Explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi)) can be applied to assessment years prior to 2012?
  • Whether the EULAs transfer any copyright interest under the Copyright Act, 1957?
  • Whether the doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion applies to computer software under section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act?

Legislation cited

Subjects

Income TaxTax Deduction at SourceRoyaltyCopyrightDouble Taxation Avoidance AgreementComputer SoftwareEnd User Licence AgreementDoctrine of First SaleOECD CommentaryCopyright ActSection 195Section 9(1)(vi)Explanation 4Permanent Establishment

Judgment

                         [2021] 2 S.C.R. 321


    ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE
                 PRIVATE LIMITED
                                  v.
       THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX & ANR.
               (Civil Appeal Nos. 8733-8734 of 2018)
                         MARCH 02, 2021
[R. F. NARIMAN, HEMANT GUPTA AND B. R. GAVAI, JJ.]
       Income Tax Act, 1961: s.195 – Amount paid by resident in
India to non-resident foreign software suppliers – Liability to deduct
tax at source – Held: In view of the definition of royalties contained
in Article 12 of the DTAAs, there is no obligation on the persons
mentioned in s. 195 of the Income Tax Act to deduct tax at source,
as the distribution agreements/EULAs in the facts of these cases do
not create any interest or right in such distributors/end-users, which
would amount to the use of or right to use any copyright – The
amounts paid by resident Indian end-users/distributors to non-
resident computer software manufacturers/suppliers, as
consideration for the resale/use of the computer software through
EULAs/distribution agreements, is not the payment of royalty for
the use of copyright in the computer software, and same does not
give rise to any income taxable in India, as a result of which the
persons referred to in s.195 of the Income Tax Act are not liable to
deduct any TDS under s.195 of the Income Tax Act.
      Income Tax Act, 1961: s.194E and s.195 – Distinction between
– Held: s.194E of the Income Tax Act belongs to a set of various
provisions which deal with TDS, without any reference to
chargeability of tax under the Income Tax Act by the concerned
non-resident assessee – This section is similar to s.193 and s.194 of
the Income Tax Act by which deductions have to be made without
any reference to the chargeability of a sum received by a non-resident
assessee under the Income Tax Act – On the other hand, at the
heart of s.195 of the Income Tax Act is the fact that deductions can
only be made if the non resident assessee is liable to pay tax under
the provisions of the Income Tax Act in the first place.


                                 321
322            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                         [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           Income Tax Act, 1961: Applicability of Income Tax Act, 1961
      when DTAA applies – Held: Once a DTAA applies, the provisions of
      the Income Tax Act can only apply to the extent that they are more
      beneficial to the assessee and not otherwise – Further, by explanation
      4 to s.90 of the Income Tax Act, it has been clarified by the
      Parliament that where any term is defined in a DTAA, the definition
B
      contained in the DTAA is to be looked at – It is only where there is
      no such definition that the definition in the Income Tax Act can then
      be applied.
             Income Tax Act, 1961: s.90 – Royalty – Meaning of – Held:
      As is now reflected by explanation 4 to s.90 of the Income Tax Act
C     and under Article 3(2) of the DTAA, the definition of the term
      “royalties” shall have the meaning assigned to it by the DTAA,
      meaning thereby that the expression “royalty”, when occurring in
      s.9 of the Income Tax Act, has to be construed with reference to
      Article 12 of the DTAA – This position is also clarified by CBDT
D     Circular No. 333 dated 02.04.1982 – Thus, by virtue of Article 12(3)
      of the DTAA, royalties are payments of any kind received as
      consideration for “the use of, or the right to use, any copyright” of
      a literary work, which includes a computer programme or software.
             Income Tax Act, 1961: s.9(1)(vi) explanation 4; s.195 – The
E     question whether persons liable to deduct TDS under s.195 can be
      held liable to deduct such sums at a time when explanation 4 was
      factually not on the statute book, all deductions liable to be made
      and the assessment years in question being prior to the year 2012 –
      This question is answered by two latin maxims, lex non cogit ad
      impossibilia, i.e., the law does not demand the impossible and
F     impotentia excusat legem, i.e., when there is a disability that makes it
      impossible to obey the law, the alleged disobedience of the law is
      excused – The “person” mentioned in s.195 cannot be expected to
      do the impossible, namely, to apply the expanded definition of
      “royalty” inserted by explanation 4 to s.9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
G     Act, for the assessment years in question, at a time when such
      explanation was not actually and factually in the statute.
            Copyright Act, 1957: Copyright – Meaning of – Though the
      expression “copyright” has not been defined separately in the
      “definitions” section of the Copyright Act, yet, s.14 makes it clear
H     that “copyright” means the “exclusive right”, subject to the
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         323
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

provisions of the Act, to do or authorise the doing of certain acts          A
“in respect of a work” – When an “author” in relation to a “literary
work” which includes a “computer programme”, creates such work,
such author has the exclusive right, subject to the provisions of the
Copyright Act, to do or authorise the doing of several acts in respect
of such work or any substantial part thereof.
                                                                             B
       Copyright Act, 1957: s.14(b) – Right to use computer software
– When, under a non-exclusive licence, an end-user gets the right
to use computer software in the form of a CD, the end-user only
receives a right to use the software and nothing more – The end-
user does not get any of the rights that the owner continues to retain
under s.14(b) of the Copyright Act read with sub-section (a)(i)-(vii)        C
thereof – Thus, the conclusion that when computer software is
licensed for use under an EULA, what is also licensed is the right to
use the copyright embedded therein, is wholly incorrect – The licence
for the use of a product under an EULA cannot be construed as the
licence spoken of in s.30 of the Copyright Act, as such EULA only            D
imposes restrictive conditions upon the end-user and does not part
with any interest relatable to any rights mentioned in ss.14(a) and
14(b) of the Copyright Act.
       Copyright Act, 1957: ss.14, 16, 30, 52(1)(aa), 52(1)(b),
52(1)(ad) – Infringement of copyright – Held: No copyright exists            E
in India outside the provisions of the Copyright Act or any other
special law for the time being in force, vide s.16 of the Copyright
Act – When the owner of copyright in a literary work assigns wholly
or in part, all or any of the rights contained in s.14(a) and (b) of
the Copyright Act, in the said work for a consideration, the assignee
of such right becomes entitled to all such rights comprised in the           F
copyright that is assigned, and shall be treated as the owner of the
copyright of what is assigned to him – Also, under s.30 of the
Copyright Act, the owner of the copyright in any literary work may
grant any interest in any right mentioned in s.14(a) of the Copyright
Act by licence in writing by him to the licensee, under which, for           G
parting with such interest, royalty may become payable – When such
licence is granted, copyright is infringed when any use, relatable
to the said interest/right that is licensed, is contrary to the conditions
of the licence so granted – Infringement of copyright takes place
when a person “makes for sale or hire or sells or lets for hire” or
                                                                             H
324            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                        [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     “offers for sale or hire” or “distributes…so as to affect prejudicially
      the owner of the copyright”, vide s.51(b) of the Copyright Act –
      Importantly, the making of copies or adaptation of a computer
      programme in order to utilise the said computer programme for the
      purpose for which it was supplied, or to make up back-up copies
      as a temporary protection against loss, destruction or damage so
B
      as to be able to utilise the computer programme for the purpose for
      which it was supplied, does not constitute an act of infringement of
      copyright under s.52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act – In short, what is
      referred to in s.52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act would not amount to
      reproduction so as to amount to an infringement of copyright –
C     s.52(1)(ad) is independent of s.52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act, and
      states that the making of copies of a computer programme from a
      personally legally obtained copy for non-commercial personal use
      would not amount to an infringement of copyright – s.52(1)(ad) of
      the Copyright Act cannot be read to negate the effect of s.52(1)(aa),
      since it deals with a subject matter that is separate and distinct from
D
      that contained in s.52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act.
             Copyright Act, 1957: Copyright owner’s distribution right and
      the right of the purchaser to further resale – Doctrine of first sale/
      principle of exhaustion – Applicability of – Held: s.14(b)(ii) of the
      Copyright Act was amended twice, first in 1994 and then again in
E     1999, with effect from 15.01.2000 – After the 1999 Amendment,
      what is conspicuous by its absence is the phrase “regardless of
      whether such copy has been sold or given on hire on earlier
      occasions” – This is a statutory recognition of the doctrine of first
      sale/principle of exhaustion.
F            Words and Phrases: Expression ‘in respect of ’ – Meaning of
      – Also in context of explanation 2(v) to s.9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
      Act – Held: The expression “in respect of”, when used in a taxation
      statute, is only synonymous with the words “on” or “attributable
      to” – Such meaning accords with the meaning to be given to the
G     expression “in respect of” contained in explanation 2(v) to s.9(1)(vi)
      of the Income Tax Act, and would not in any manner make the
      expression otiose.
            Disposing of the appeals, the Court
             HELD: 1. Under section 5(2) of the Income Tax Act, the
H     total income of a person who is a non-resident, includes all income
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                    325
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

from whatever source derived, which accrues or arises or is             A
deemed to accrue or arise to such person in India during such
year. This, however, is subject to the provisions of the Income
Tax Act. Certain income is deemed to arise or accrue in India,
under section 9 of the Income Tax Act, notwithstanding the fact
that such income may accrue or arise to a non-resident outside
                                                                        B
India. One such income is income by way of royalty, which, under
section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, means the transfer of all
or any rights, including the granting of a licence, in respect of any
copyright in a literary work. That such transaction may be
governed by a DTAA is then recognized by section 5(2) read
with section 90 of the Income Tax Act, making it clear that the         C
Central Government may enter into any such agreement with
the government of another country so as to grant relief in respect
of income tax chargeable under the Income Tax Act or under any
corresponding law in force in that foreign country, or for the
avoidance of double taxation of income under the Income Tax
                                                                        D
Act and under the corresponding law in force in that country.
What is of importance is that once a DTAA applies, the provisions
of the Income Tax Act can only apply to the extent that they are
more beneficial to the assessee and not otherwise. Further, by
explanation 4 to section 90 of the Income Tax Act, it has been
clarified by the Parliament that where any term is defined in a         E
DTAA, the definition contained in the DTAA is to be looked at.
It is only where there is no such definition that the definition in
the Income Tax Act can then be applied. [Paras 25, 26][361-C-G]
      2. The machinery provision contained in section 195 of the
Income Tax Act is inextricably linked with the charging provision       F
contained in section 9 read with section 4 of the Income Tax Act,
as a result of which, a person resident in India, responsible for
paying a sum of money, “chargeable under the provisions of [the]
Act”, to a non-resident, shall at the time of credit of such amount
to the account of the payee in any mode, deduct tax at source at
the rate in force which, under section 2(37A)(iii) of the Income        G
Tax Act, is the rate in force prescribed by the DTAA. Such
deduction is only to be made if the non resident is liable to pay
tax under the charging provision contained in section 9 read with

                                                                        H
326           SUPREME COURT REPORTS                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     section 4 of the Income Tax Act, read with the DTAA. Thus, it is
      only when the non-resident is liable to pay income tax in India on
      income deemed to arise in India and no deduction of TDS is made
      under section 195(1) of the Income Tax Act, or such person has,
      after applying section 195(2) of the Income Tax Act, not deducted
      such proportion of tax as is required, that the consequences of a
B
      failure to deduct and pay, reflected in section 201 of the Income
      Tax Act, follow, by virtue of which the resident-payee is deemed
      an “assessee in default”, and thus, is made liable to pay tax,
      interest and penalty thereon. [Para 27][362-E-H; 363-A-B]
            GE India Technology Centre (P) Ltd. v. CIT (2010) 10
C           SCC 29:[2010] 10 SCR 1142 – relied on.
            3. It will be seen that section 194E of the Income Tax Act
      belongs to a set of various provisions which deal with TDS,
      without any reference to chargeability of tax under the Income
      Tax Act by the concerned nonresident assessee. This section is
D     similar to sections 193 and 194 of the Income Tax Act by which
      deductions have to be made without any reference to the
      chargeability of a sum received by a non-resident assessee under
      the Income Tax Act. On the other hand, at the heart of section
      195 of the Income Tax Act is the fact that deductions can only be
E     made if the nonresident assessee is liable to pay tax under the
      provisions of the Income Tax Act in the first place. [Para 31][364-
      E-F]
            PILCOM v. CIT, West Bengal VII, 2020 SCC Online
            SC 426 – held inapplicable.
F           4.1 Under section 2(o) of the Copyright Act, a literary work
      includes a computer programme and a computer programme has
      been defined under section 2(ffc) of the Copyright Act to mean a
      set of instructions expressed in words, codes, schemes or in any
      other form capable of causing a computer to perform a particular
G     task or achieve a particular result. Though the expression
      “copyright” has not been defined separately in the “definitions”
      section of the Copyright Act, yet, section 14 makes it clear that
      “copyright” means the “exclusive right”, subject to the
      provisions of the Act, to do or authorise the doing of certain acts
      “in respect of a work”. When an “author” in relation to a “literary
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                     327
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

work” which includes a “computer programme”, creates such                A
work, such author has the exclusive right, subject to the
provisions of the Copyright Act, to do or authorise the doing of
several acts in respect of such work or any substantial part thereof.
In the case of a computer programme, section 14(b) specifically
speaks of two sets of acts – the seven acts enumerated in sub-
                                                                         B
clause (a) and the eighth act of selling or giving on commercial
rental or offering for sale or for commercial rental any copy of the
computer programme. Insofar as the seven acts that are set out
in sub-clause (a) are concerned, they all delineate how the
exclusive right that is with the owner of the copyright may be
parted with, i.e., if there is any parting with the right to reproduce   C
the work in any material form; the right to issue copies of the
work to the public, not being copies already in circulation; the
right to perform the work in public or communicate it to the public;
the right to make any cinematograph film or sound recording in
respect of the work; the right to make any translation of the work;
                                                                         D
the right to make any adaptation of the work; or the right to do
any of the specified acts in relation to a translation or an
adaptation. [Paras 34 and 35][370-F-H; 371-A-D]
       4.2 In essence, such right is referred to as copyright, and
includes the right to reproduce the work in any material form,
issue copies of the work to the public, perform the work in public,      E
or make translations or adaptations of the work. This is made
even clearer by the definition of an “infringing copy” contained
in section 2(m) of the Copyright Act, which in relation to a
computer programme, i.e., a literary work, means reproduction
of the said work. Thus, the right to reproduce a computer                F
programme and exploit the reproduction by way of sale,
transfer, license etc. is at the heart of the said exclusive right.
[Para 36][371-D-F]
      5. Importantly, no copyright exists in India outside the
provisions of the Copyright Act or any other special law for the         G
time being in force, vide section 16 of the Copyright Act. When
the owner of copyright in a literary work assigns wholly or in
part, all or any of the rights contained in section 14(a) and (b) of
the Copyright Act, in the said work for a consideration, the
assignee of such right becomes entitled to all such rights
                                                                         H
328            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                        [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     comprised in the copyright that is assigned, and shall be treated
      as the owner of the copyright of what is assigned to him. Also,
      under section 30 of the Copyright Act, the owner of the copyright
      in any literary work may grant any interest in any right mentioned
      in section 14(a) of the Copyright Act by licence in writing by him
      to the licensee, under which, for parting with such interest, royalty
B
      may become payable. When such licence is granted, copyright is
      infringed when any use, relatable to the said interest/right that is
      licensed, is contrary to the conditions of the licence so granted.
      Infringement of copyright takes place when a person “makes for
      sale or hire or sells or lets for hire” or “offers for sale or hire” or
C     “distributes…so as to affect prejudicially the owner of the
      copyright”, vide section 51(b) of the Copyright Act. Importantly,
      the making of copies or adaptation of a computer programme in
      order to utilise the said computer programme for the purpose
      for which it was supplied, or to make up back-up copies as a
      temporary protection against loss, destruction or damage so as
D
      to be able to utilise the computer programme for the purpose for
      which it was supplied, does not constitute an act of infringement
      of copyright under section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act. In short,
      what is referred to in section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act would
      not amount to reproduction so as to amount to an infringement of
E     copyright. [Para 38][372-A-F]
            6. Section 52(1)(ad) is independent of section 52(1)(aa) of
      the Copyright Act, and states that the making of copies of a
      computer programme from a personally legally obtained copy for
      non-commercial personal use would not amount to an
F     infringement of copyright. Section 52(1)(ad) of the Copyright Act
      cannot be read to negate the effect of section 52(1)(aa), since it
      deals with a subject matter that is separate and distinct from that
      contained in section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act. [Para 39]
      [372-F-H]
G           7. As is now reflected by explanation 4 to section 90 of the
      Income Tax Act and under Article 3(2) of the DTAA, the definition
      of the term “royalties” shall have the meaning assigned to it by
      the DTAA, meaning thereby that the expression “royalty”, when
      occurring in section 9 of the Income Tax Act, has to be construed
      with reference to Article 12 of the DTAA. This position is also
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                    329
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

clarified by CBDT Circular No. 333 dated 02.04.1982. Thus, by           A
virtue of Article 12(3) of the DTAA, royalties are payments of
any kind received as consideration for “the use of, or the right to
use, any copyright” of a literary work, which includes a computer
programme or software. [Paras 42, 43] [376-A-C, G-H]
       8. A reading of the distribution agreement would show that       B
what is granted to the distributor is only a non-exclusive, non-
transferable licence to resell computer software, it being
expressly stipulated that no copyright in the computer programme
is transferred either to the distributor or to the ultimate end-
user. This is further amplified by stating that apart from a right to
use the computer programme by the end-user himself, there is            C
no further right to sub-license or transfer, nor is there any right
to reverse-engineer, modify, reproduce in any manner otherwise
than permitted by the licence to the end-user. What is paid by
way of consideration, therefore, by the distributor in India to the
foreign, non-resident manufacturer or supplier, is the price of         D
the computer programme as goods, either in a medium which
stores the software or in a medium by which software is embedded
in hardware, which may be then further resold by the distributor
to the end-user in India, the distributor making a profit on such
resale. Importantly, the distributor does not get the right to use
the product at all. When it comes to an end-user who is directly        E
sold the computer programme, such end-user can only use it by
installing it in the computer hardware owned by the end-user and
cannot in any manner reproduce the same for sale or transfer,
contrary to the terms imposed by the EULA. In all these cases,
the “licence” that is granted vide the EULA, is not a licence in        F
terms of section 30 of the Copyright Act, which transfers an
interest in all or any of the rights contained in sections 14(a) and
14(b) of the Copyright Act, but is a “licence” which imposes
restrictions or conditions for the use of computer software. Thus,
it cannot be said that any of the EULAs in these cases are
referable to section 30 of the Copyright Act, inasmuch as section       G
30 of the Copyright Act speaks of granting an interest in any of
the rights mentioned in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright
Act. The EULAs in all the appeals do not grant any such right or

                                                                        H
330            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     interest, least of all, a right or interest to reproduce the computer
      software. Such reproduction is expressly interdicted, and it is
      also expressly stated that no vestige of copyright is at all
      transferred, either to the distributor or to the end-user. Thus,
      what is “licensed” by the foreign, non-resident supplier to the
      distributor and resold to the resident end-user, or directly supplied
B
      to the resident end-user in these cases is in fact the sale of a
      physical object which contains an embedded computer
      programme. [Paras 45, 46, 47 and 52][386-C-H; 387-A-B;
      392-G-H]
            State Bank of India v. Collector of Customs, (2000) 1
C           SCC 727: [2000] 1 SCR 137 – relied on.
            Sundaram Finance Ltd. v. State of Kerala, [1966] 2 SCR
            828 – referred to
            9. There is no doubt that section 9 of the Income Tax Act
D     refers to persons who are non-residents and taxes their income
      as income which is deemed to accrue or arise in India, thus,
      making such persons assessees under the Income Tax Act, who
      are liable to pay tax. There is also no doubt that the “person
      responsible for paying” spoken of in section 195 of Income Tax
      Act is not a non-resident assessee, but a person resident in India,
E     who is liable to make deductions under section 195 when payments
      are made by it to the non-resident assessee. [Para 54][393-E-F]
            Vodafone International Holdings BV v. Union of India,
            (2012) 6 SCC 613 : [2012] 1 SCR 573 – relied on.

F          10. DEFINITION OF ROYALTY IN THE DTAAs VIS-À-
      VIS THE INCOME TAX ACT
            10.1 When Article 12 of the India-Singapore DTAA defines
      the term “royalties” in sub-article (3) thereof, it does so stating
      that such definition is exhaustive – it uses the expression
      “means”. Secondly, the term “royalties” refers to payments of
G
      any kind that are received as a consideration for the use of or the
      right to use any copyright in a literary work. As opposed to this,
      the definition contained in explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the
      Income Tax Act, is wider in at least three respects: It speaks of
      “consideration”, but also includes a lump-sum consideration
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        331
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

which would not amount to income of the recipient chargeable                A
under the head “capital gains”; When it speaks of the transfer of
“all or any rights”, it expressly includes the granting of a licence
in respect thereof; and It states that such transfer must be “in
respect of” any copyright of any literary work. However, even
where such transfer is “in respect of” copyright, the transfer of
                                                                            B
all or any rights in relation to copyright is a sine qua non under
explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act. In short,
there must be transfer by way of licence or otherwise, of all or
any of the rights mentioned in section 14(b) read with section
14(a) of the Copyright Act. [Paras 63 and 64][404-H; 405-A-E]
      State of Madras v. Swastik Tobacco Factory, [1966] 3                  C
      SCR 79 – referred to
       10.2 The insertion of sub-sections (v), (vi) and (vii) in section
9(1) of the Income Tax Act, by way of an amendment through the
Finance Act 1976 was to introduce source-based taxation for
income in the hands of a non-resident by way of interest, royalty           D
and fees for technical services. Consequently, section 9(1)(vi) of
the Income Tax Act was brought into force. The definition of
royalty contained in explanation 2(v) of section 9(1)(vi) of the
Income Tax Act includes the transfer of all or any rights (including
the granting of a licence) “in respect of any copyright, literary,          E
artistic or scientific work”. The comma after the word “copyright”
does not fit as copyright is obviously spoken of as existing in a
literary, artistic or scientific work. As a matter of fact, this drafting
error was rectified in the Draft Taxes Code 2010, under Chapter
XIX in Part H thereof. [Paras 67, 69, 70][407-A-B; 408-C-E]
                                                                            F
      Carborandum & Co. v. CIT, (1977) 2 SCC 862 : [1977]
      3 SCR 475 – referred to.
      10.3 The transfer of “all or any rights (including the granting
of a licence) in respect of any copyright”, in the context of
computer software, is referable to sections 14(a), 14(b) and 30 of          G
the Copyright Act. As has been held, the expression “in respect
of” is equivalent to “in” or “attributable to”. Thus, explanation
2(v) to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, when it speaks of
“all of any rights…in respect of copyright” is certainly more

                                                                            H
332            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     expansive than the DTAA provision, which speaks of the “use
      of, or the right to use” any copyright. However, when it comes to
      the expression “use of, or the right to use”, the same position
      would obtain under explanation 2(v) of section 9(1)(vi) of the
      Income Tax Act, inasmuch as, there must, under the licence
      granted or sale made, be a transfer of any of the rights contained
B
      in sections 14(a) or 14(b) of the Copyright Act, for explanation
      2(v) to apply. To this extent, there will be no difference in the
      position between the definition of “royalties” in the DTAAs and
      the definition of “royalty” in explanation 2(v) of section 9(1)(vi)
      of the Income Tax Act. [Paras 71, 72][409-A-B; G-H; 410-A-B]
C           CIT v. DCM Limited, ITA Nos. 87-89/1992 – referred
            to.
            11. The question whether persons liable to deduct TDS
      under section 195 of the Income Tax Act can be held liable to
      deduct such sums at a time when explanation 4 was factually not
D     on the statute book, all deductions liable to be made and the
      assessment years in question being prior to the year 2012. This
      question is answered by two latin maxims, lex non cogit ad
      impossibilia, i.e., the law does not demand the impossible and
      impotentia excusat legem, i.e., when there is a disability that makes
E     it impossible to obey the law, the alleged disobedience of the law
      is excused. The “person” mentioned in section 195 of the Income
      Tax Act cannot be expected to do the impossible, namely, to apply
      the expanded definition of “royalty” inserted by explanation 4 to
      section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, for the assessment years
      in question, at a time when such explanation was not actually and
F     factually in the statute. [Paras 80, 81 and 85][413-D-F; 420-H;
      421-A-B]
            Arjun Panditrao Khotkar v. Kailash Kushanrao
            Gorantyal,(2020) 7 SCC 1; Citrix Systems Asia Pacific
            Ptyl. Ltd., In Re., (2012) 343 ITR 1 (AAR) – referred
G           to.
            Dassault Systems, K.K., In Re., (2010) 322 ITR 125
            (AAR); Geoquest Systems B.V. Gevers Deynootweg, In
            Re., (2010) 327 ITR 1 (AAR); Director of Income Tax
            v. A.P. Moller Maersk AS, (2017) 5 SCC 651 –
H           approved.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                    333
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

       12. When, under a non-exclusive licence, an end-user gets        A
the right to use computer software in the form of a CD, the end-
user only receives a right to use the software and nothing more.
The end-user does not get any of the rights that the owner
continues to retain under section 14(b) of the Copyright Act read
with sub-section (a)(i)-(vii) thereof. Thus, the conclusion that when
                                                                        B
computer software is licensed for use under an EULA, what is
also licensed is the right to use the copyright embedded therein,
is wholly incorrect. The licence for the use of a product under an
EULA cannot be construed as the licence spoken of in section
30 of the Copyright Act, as such EULA only imposes restrictive
conditions upon the end-user and does not part with any interest        C
relatable to any rights mentioned in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of
the Copyright Act. [Para 97][431-E-G]
      CIT v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. (2012) 345 ITR
      494 – not correct law.
      13. The expression “in respect of”, when used in a taxation       D
statute, is only synonymous with the words “on” or “attributable
to”. Such meaning accords with the meaning to be given to the
expression “in respect of” contained in explanation 2(v) to section
9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, and would not in any manner make
the expression otiose. Secondly, section 16 of the Copyright Act,       E
which states that “no person shall be entitled to
copyright…otherwise than under and in accordance with the
provisions of this Act or of any other law for the time being in
force” has been completely missed, thus making it clear that the
expression “copyright” has to be understood only as is stated in
section 14 of the Copyright Act and not otherwise. Thirdly, the         F
storage of a computer programme per se would not constitute
infringement of copyright. This, again, would directly be contrary
to the terms of section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act. [Paras
105, 106 and 107][439-B-E]
      State of Madras v. Swastik Tobacco Factory [1966] 3               G
      SCR 79 – relied on
      Director of Income Tax v. Ericsson A.B., (2012) 343
      ITR 470; Director of Income Tax v. Nokia Networks

                                                                        H
334           SUPREME COURT REPORTS                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           OY, (2013) 358 ITR 259; Director of Income Tax v.
            Infrasoft Ltd., (2014) 264 CTR 329; CIT v. ZTE
            Corporation, (2017) 392 ITR 80 – approved.
             14. Copyright is an exclusive right, which is negative in
      nature, being a right to restrict others from doing certain acts.
B     Copyright is an intangible, incorporeal right, in the nature of a
      privilege, which is quite independent of any material substance.
      Ownership of copyright in a work is different from the ownership
      of the physical material in which the copyrighted work may happen
      to be embodied. An obvious example is the purchaser of a book
      or a CD/DVD, who becomes the owner of the physical article, but
C     does not become the owner of the copyright inherent in the work,
      such copyright remaining exclusively with the owner. Parting with
      copyright entails parting with the right to do any of the acts
      mentioned in section 14 of the Copyright Act. The transfer of the
      material substance does not, of itself, serve to transfer the
D     copyright therein. The transfer of the ownership of the physical
      substance, in which copyright subsists, gives the purchaser the
      right to do with it whatever he pleases, except the right to
      reproduce the same and issue it to the public, unless such copies
      are already in circulation, and the other acts mentioned in section
      14 of the Copyright Act. A licence from a copyright owner,
E     conferring no proprietary interest on the licensee, does not entail
      parting with any copyright, and is different from a licence issued
      under section 30 of the Copyright Act, which is a licence which
      grants the licensee an interest in the rights mentioned in section
      14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act. Where the core of a
F     transaction is to authorize the end-user to have access to and
      make use of the “licensed” computer software product over which
      the licensee has no exclusive rights, no copyright is parted with
      and consequently, no infringement takes place, as is recognized
      by section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act. It makes no difference
      whether the end-user is enabled to use computer software that
G     is customised to its specifications or otherwise. A non-exclusive,
      non-transferable licence, merely enabling the use of a copyrighted
      product, is in the nature of restrictive conditions which are
      ancillary to such use, and cannot be construed as a licence to

H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                   335
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

enjoy all or any of the enumerated rights mentioned in section 14      A
of the Copyright Act, or create any interest in any such rights so
as to attract section 30 of the Copyright Act. The right to
reproduce and the right to use computer software are distinct
and separate rights. The former amounting to parting with
copyright and the latter, in the context of non-exclusive EULAs,
                                                                       B
not being so. [Para 117][452-C-H; 453-A-D]
      State Bank of India v. Collector of Customs, (2000) 1
      SCC 727 : [2000] 1 SCR 1 – relied on
      15.1 Section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act was amended
twice, first in 1994 and then again in 1999, with effect from          C
15.01.2000. After the 1999 Amendment, what is conspicuous by
its absence is the phrase “regardless of whether such copy has
been sold or given on hire on earlier occasions”. This is a
statutory recognition of the doctrine of first sale/principle of
exhaustion. [Para 120][454-A-C]
                                                                       D
      Copinger and Skone James on Compyright (14 th
      Edition) (1999); Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. v.
      Santosh V.G., CS (OS) No. 1682/2006 [“Warner Bros.”]
      2009 SCC OnLine Del 835; John Wiley & Sons Inc. v.
      Prabhat Chander Kumar Jain, IA No. 11331/2008 in
      CS(OS) No. 1960/2008 2010 SCC OnLine Del 2000;                   E
      UseSoft GmbH v. Oracle International Corp. (Case C-
      128/11) – referred to.
      15.2 The doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion is
dependent, in the first place, upon legislation which either
recognises or refuses to recognise the doctrine (thereby               F
continuing to vest distribution rights in the copyright owner, even
beyond the first sale of the copyrighted work). Thus, for example,
prior to the amendment of section 14(d)(ii) in 2012, dealing with
a cinematograph film, the distribution right to sell or give on hire
or offer for sale or hire, any copy of the film, would continue to     G
vest in the copyright owner, “regardless of whether such copy
ha[d] been sold or given on hire on earlier occasion”, which
manifested the legislative intent against the application of the
doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion. Post 2012, however,

                                                                       H
336            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     the balance between the copyright owner’s distribution right and
      the right of the purchaser to further resale, was tilted in favour of
      the latter, the words “regardless of whether such copy has been
      sold or given on hire on earlier occasion” being deleted by the
      amendment. Likewise, when it comes to section 14(a)(ii) of the
      Copyright Act, the distribution right subsists with the owner of
B
      copyright to issue copies of the work to the public, to the extent
      such copies are not copies already in circulation, thereby
      manifesting a legislative intent to apply the doctrine of first sale/
      principle of exhaustion. Like section 14(d)(ii) of the Copyright
      Act, section 14(b)(ii), has, after the 1999 Amendment, with effect
C     from 15.01.2000, also deleted the words “regardless of whether
      such copy has been sold or given on hire on earlier occasions’’,
      thereby making it clear that the same tilt that had been made in
      section 14(d)(ii) of the Copyright Act vide the amendment in 2012
      in favour of the purchaser, is also to be found post the 1999
      Amendment, in section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act. [Paras 140,
D
      141][470-E-H; 471-A-C]
            15.3 The language of section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act
      makes it clear that it is the exclusive right of the owner to sell or
      to give on commercial rental or offer for sale or for commercial
      rental “any copy of the computer programme”. Thus, a distributor
E     who purchases computer software in material form and resells it
      to an end-user cannot be said to be within the scope of the
      aforesaid provision. The sale or commercial rental spoken of in
      section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act is of “any copy of a computer
      programme”, making it clear that the section would only apply to
F     the making of copies of the computer programme and then selling
      them, i.e., reproduction of the same for sale or commercial rental.
      [Para 142][471-C-E, H]
            15.4 The object of section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act, in
      the context of a computer program, is to interdict reproduction
G     of the said computer programme and consequent transfer of the
      reproduced computer programme to subsequent acquirers/end-
      users. By way of contrast, once a book is sold, on further resale
      of the same book, the purchaser loses the material book
      altogether, as such purchaser has, for consideration, parted with

H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                   337
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

the book once and for all. This may not be so in the case of a         A
computer programme. Once it is understood that the object of
section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act is not to interdict the sale
of computer software that is “licensed” to be sold by a distributor,
but that it is to prevent copies of computer software once sold
being reproduced and then transferred by way of sale or
                                                                       B
otherwise, it becomes clear that any sale by the author of a
computer software to a distributor for onward sale to an end-
user, cannot possibly be hit by the said provision. Further, the
distributor cannot use the computer software at all and has to
pass on the said software, as shrink-wrapped by the owner, to
the end-user for a consideration, the distributor’s profit margin      C
being that of an intermediary who merely resells the same product
to the end-user. Distribution of copyrighted computer software,
on the facts of the present appeals would not constitute the grant
of an interest in copyright under section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright
Act necessitating the deduction of tax at source under section
                                                                       D
195 of the Income Tax Act. [Paras 143, 144][471-G-H; 472-A-D]
        16.1 The DTAAs that have been entered into by India with
other Contracting States have to be interpreted liberally with a
view to implement the true intention of the parties. When the
definition of “royalties” is seen in all the DTAAs in these appeal,
it is found that “royalties” is defined in a manner either identical   E
with or similar to the definition contained in Article 12 of the
OECD Model Tax Convention. This being the case, the OECD
Commentary on the provisions of the OECD Model Tax
Convention then becomes relevant. [Paras 145, 150][472-E;
476-C-D]                                                               F
      Union of India v. Azadi Bachao Andolan, (2004) 10
      SCC 1 : [2003] 4 Suppl. SCR 222; Formula One World
      Championship Ltd. v. CIT, (2017) 15 SCC 602 : [2017]
      2 SCR 152; CIT v. E-Funds IT Solution Inc., (2018) 13
      SCC 294 : [2017] 10 SCR 157 – referred to                        G
      Thiel v. Federal Commissioner of Taxation, High Court
      of Australia, [1990] 94 ALR 647; Ram Jethmalani v.
      Union of India, (2011) 8 SCC 1 : [2011] 8 SCR 725;
      Director of Income Tax v. New Skies Satellite BV, (2016)
                                                                       H
338           SUPREME COURT REPORTS                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           382 ITR 114; Ostime (Inspector of Taxes) v. Australian
            Mutual Provident Society [1959] AC 259 – referred to
            16.2 After India took such positions qua the OECD
      Commentary, no bilateral amendment was made by India and the
      other Contracting States to change the definition of royalties
B     contained in any of the DTAAs in these appeals, in accordance
      with its position. As a matter of fact, DTAAs that were amended
      subsequently, such as the Convention between the Republic of
      India and the Kingdom of Morocco for the Avoidance of Double
      Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to
      Taxes On Income, [“India-Morocco DTAA”], which was amended
C     on 22.10.2019, incorporated a definition of royalties, not very
      different from the definition contained in the OECD Model Tax
      Convention. [Para 156][485-G-H; 486-A-B]
            16.3 Similarly, though the India-Singapore DTAA came into
      force on 08.08.1994, it has been amended several times, including
D     on 01.09.2011, and 23.03.2017. However, the definition of
      “royalties” has been retained without any changes. Likewise,
      the Convention between the Government of the Republic of India
      and the Government of Mauritius for the Avoidance of Double
      Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to
E     Taxes on Income and Capital Gains and for the Encouragement
      of Mutual Trade and Investment, [“India-Mauritius DTAA”] was
      entered into on 06.12.1983, and was amended subsequently on
      10.08.2016, without making any change to the definition of
      “royalties”. It is thus clear that the OECD Commentary on Article
      12 of the OECD Model Tax Convention, incorporated in DTAAs
F     in these cases will continue to have persuasive value as to the
      interpretation of the term “royalties” contained therein. [Paras
      157, 158][486-D-G]
            Commissioner of Customs v. G.M. Exports, (2016) 1 SCC
            91 : [2015] 14 SCR 848 – referred to
G
            17. Given the definition of royalties contained in Article 12
      of the DTAAs there is no obligation on the persons mentioned in
      section 195 of the Income Tax Act to deduct tax at source, as the
      distribution agreements/EULAs in the facts of these cases do

H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                 339
         THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

not create any interest or right in such distributors/end-users,     A
which would amount to the use of or right to use any copyright.
The provisions contained in the Income Tax Act (section 9(1)(vi),
along with explanations 2 and 4 thereof), which deal with royalty,
not being more beneficial to the assessees, have no application
in the facts of these cases. the amounts paid by resident Indian
                                                                     B
end-users/distributors to non-resident computer software
manufacturers/suppliers, as consideration for the resale/use of
the computer software through EULAs/distribution agreements,
is not the payment of royalty for the use of copyright in the
computer software, and that the same does not give rise to any
income taxable in India, as a result of which the persons referred   C
to in section 195 of the Income Tax Act were not liable to deduct
any TDS under section 195 of the Income Tax Act. [Paras 168
and 169][491-G-H; 492-A-D]
     Transmission Corpn. of A.P. Ltd. v. CIT, (1999) 7 SCC
     266:[1999] 1 Suppl. SCR 504; Tata Consultancy                   D
     Services v. State of A.P., 2005 (1) SCC 308 : [2004] 5
     Suppl. SCR 1040 – referred to
                      Case Law Reference
       [1999] 1 Suppl. SCR 504     referred to     para 8
                                                                     E
       [2010] 10 SCR 1142          relied on       para 9
       [2003] 4 Suppl. SCR 222     referred to     paras 13, 150
       (2017) 5 SCC 651            referred to     para 20
       [2000] 1 SCR 137            relied on       paras 48, 117
                                                                     F
       [1966] 2 SCR 828            relied on       para 51
       [2004] 5 Suppl. SCR 1040 referred to        para 52
       [2012] 1 SCR 573            relied on       para 56
       [1966] 3 SCR 79             referred to     para 65           G
       [1977] 3 SCR 475            referred to     para 67
       (2020) 7 SCC 1              relied on       para 81
       [1966] 3 SCR 79             referred to     para 105
                                                                     H
340            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                         [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A             [2017] 2 SCR 152               referred to      para 150
              [2017] 10 SCR 157              referred to      para 150
              [2011] 8 SCR 725               referred to      para 151
              [2015] 14 SCR 848              referred to      para 164
B           CIVIL APPELLATE JURISDICTION: Civil Appeal Nos. 8733-
      8734 of 2018
            From the Judgment and Order dated 15.10.2011 of the High Court
      of Karnataka in Income Tax Appeal Nos. 1258 and 1270 of 2006.
            With
C
            Civil Appeal Nos. 8735-8736 of 2018, 8737-8941 of 2018, 8942-
      8947 of 2018, 8950-8953 of 2018, 8948-8949 of 2018, 4419 of 2012,
      4420 of 2012, 10114 of 2013, 10097 of 2013, 10112-10113 of 2013, 10106
      of 2013, 8954-8955 of 2018, 10115-10117 of 2013, 8956 of 2018, 8957 of
      2018, 8990 of 2018, 10103 of 2013, 10104 of 2013, 8960 of 2018, 8966 of
D
      2018, 8958 of 2018, 8959 of 2018, 8962 of 2018, 8961 of 2018, 8963 of
      2018, 8964 of 2018, 8965 of 2018, 8969 of 2018, 8967 of 2018, 8968 of
      2018, 8972 of 2018, 8971 of 2018, 8970 of 2018, 4629 of 2014, 8973 of
      2018, 4631 of 2014, 4630 of 2014, 8974-8975 of 2018, 6386-6387 of
      2016, 10105 of 2013, 7852 of 2012, 1416-1418 of 2013, 1403 of 2013,
E     1405 of 2013, 1410 of 2013, 1421 of 2013, 1409 of 2013, 1415 of 2013,
      1414 of 2013, 1412 of 2013, 1413 of 2013, 1419 of 2013, 1411 of 2013,
      1420 of 2013, 1404 of 2013, 1406 of 2013, 1408 of 2013, 1407 of 2013,
      2304 of 2013, 2305 of 2013, 2306 of 2013, 10098-10102 of 2013, 2307-
      2308 of 2013, 4666-4667 of 2013, 6764 of 2013, 4634 of 2014, 8976 of
      2018, 8977-8988 of 2018, 781 of 2021, 782 of 2021, 783 of 2021, 10673
F
      of 2016, 784 of 2021, 10674 of 2016, 785 of 2021, 3402 of 2017, 10758 of
      2017, 9486 of 2017, 8711 of 2018, 8722 of 2018, 8724 of 2018, 8725 of
      2018, 9551 of 2018, 786 of 2021, 2006 of 2019, and 790 of 2021.
             Tushar Mehta, SG, Balbir Singh, ASG, Arvind Datar, S. Ganesh,
      Percy Pardiwala, K. Radhakrishnan, Ajay Vohra, Preetesh Kapur, A.
G     Shankar, Sr. Advs., Mukesh Butani, Shreyash Shah, Shankey Agarwal,
      Tarun Jain, H. Raghavendra Rao, Rupesh Kumar, Rajat Nair, Zoheb
      Hussain, D.L. Chidananda, Mrs. Anil Katiyar, Ms. Anuradha Dutt, Sachit
      Jolly, Tushar Jarwal, Rohit Garg, Ms. Disha Jham, Vasudevan G., Ms.
      B. Vijayalakshmi Menon, Ms. Kavita Jha, Anant Mann, Udit Naresh, T.
H     Suryanarayan, Ms. Tanmayee Rajkumar, Ms. Yugandhara Pawar Jha,
    ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           341
             THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX

Ms. Manasa Ananthan, Kunal Verma, Senthil Jagadeesan, Ms. Mrinal                   A
Kanwar, Ms. Sonakshi Malhan, Ms. Suriti Chowdhary, S. Annamalai,
Salil Kapoor, Ms. Ananya Kapoor, Sumit Lalchandani, Sanat Kapoor,
Ms. Soumya Singh, Kamal Mohan Gupta, V. Balachandran, K.R.
Vasudevan, Siddharth Naidu, Kishore Kunal, Manish Rastogi, Ms.
Tanushree Jain, Parth Jaiprakash, Jagjit Singh Chhabra, Ms. Vanita
                                                                                   B
Bhargava, Ajay Bhargava, Ms. Trishala Trivedi, Ms. Maithili Moondra
for M/s. Khaitan & Co., G. Sridhar, Ms. Gayatri Gulati, Siddharth Vasudev,
Rahul Unnikrishnan, Sandeep Bagmar, T. V. S. Raghavendra Sreyas,
Ambhoj Kumar Sinha, Vishal Kalra, S.S. Tomar, Anil Kumar Gautam,
Debmalya Banerjee, Kartik Bhatnagar, Ms. Astha Prasad, Rohan Sharma,
Ujjwal Singh, Vardaan Wanchoo for M/s. Karanjawala & Co., Rony                     C
Oommen John, Piyush Swami, Arshdeep Singh, G.C. Srivastava, Suvinay
Kumar Dash, Piyush Sachdev, Ms. Runamoni Bhuyan, Advs. for the
appearing parties.
        The Judgment of the Court was delivered by
        R.F. NARIMAN, J.                                                           D

        1. Leave granted.
        2. The appeals in these cases are by both the assessees as well
as the Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance [“Revenue”].
Whereas the assessees have succeeded in the question that was posed                E
before the High Court of Delhi,1 the Revenue has succeeded insofar as
the same question was posed before the High Court of Karnataka,2 and
in the ruling by the Authority for Advance Rulings [“AAR”], impugned
in C.A. No. 8990/2018.
1
 This includes the judgments impugned in C.A No. 8990/2018, C.A Nos. 6386- 6387/
2016, SLP(C) No. 37580/2016, SLP(C) No. 28867/2016, SLP(C) No. 28868/2016, C.A
                                                                                   F
No. 10673/2016, SLP(C) No. 29571/2016, C.A No. 10674/2016, SLP(C) No. 36782/
2016, C.A No. 10758/2017, C.A No. 9486/2017, C.A No. 8711/2018, C.A No. 8722/
2018, C.A No. 8724/2018, C.A No. 8725/2018, C.A No. 9551/2018, SLP(C) NO. 450/
2019, SLP(C) No. 6736/2020.
2
 This includes the judgments impugned in C.A Nos. 8735-8736/2018, C.A Nos. 8737-
8941/2018, C.A Nos. 8942-8947/2018, C.A Nos. 8950-8953/2018, C.A Nos. 8948-        G
8949/2018, C.A No. 4419/2012, C.A No. 4420/2012, C.A No. 10114/2013, C.A
No.10097/2013, C.A Nos. 10112-10113/2013, C.A No. 10106/2013, C.A Nos. 8954-
8955/2018, C.A Nos. 10115-10117/2013, C.A No. 8956/2018, C.A No. 8957/2018,
C.A No. 10103/2013, C.A No. 10104/2013, C.A No. 8960/2018, C.A No. 8966/2018,
C.A No. 8958/2018, C.A No. 8959/2018, C.A No. 8962/2018, C.A No. 8961/2018, C.A
No. 8963/2018, C.A No. 8964/2018, C.A No. 8965/2018, C.A No. 8969/2018, C.A
No.8967/2018, C.A No. 8968/2018, C.A No. 8972/2018, C.A No. 8971/2018, C.A         H
342               SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           3. One group of appeals arises from a common judgment of the
      High Court of Karnataka dated 15.10.2011 reported as CIT v. Samsung
      Electronics Co. Ltd., (2012) 345 ITR 494, by which the question
      which was posed before the High Court, was answered stating that the
      amounts paid by the concerned persons resident in India to non- resident,
      foreign software suppliers, amounted to royalty and as this was so, the
B
      same constituted taxable income deemed to accrue in India under section
      9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 [“Income Tax Act”], thereby
      making it incumbent upon all such persons to deduct tax at source and
      pay such tax deductible at source [“TDS”] under section 195 of the
      Income Tax Act. This judgment dated 15.10.2011 has been relied upon
C     by the subsequent impugned judgments passed by the High Court of
      Karnataka to decide the same question in favour of the Revenue.
             4. The appeals before us may be grouped into four categories:
            i)     The first category deals with cases in which computer
                   software is purchased directly by an end-user, resident in
D                  India, from a foreign, non-resident supplier or manufacturer.3
            ii)    The second category of cases deals with resident Indian
                   companies that act as distributors or resellers, by purchasing
                   computer software from foreign, non-resident suppliers or
                   manufacturers and then reselling the same to resident Indian
E                  end-users.4
      No.8970/2018, C.A No. 4629/2014, C.A No. 8973/2018, C.A No. 4631/2014, C.A
      No.4630/2014, C.A Nos. 8974-8975/2018, C.A No. 10105/2013, C.A No. 7852/2012,
      C.A Nos. 1416-1418/2013, C.A No. 1403/2013, C.A No. 1405/2013, C.A No. 1410/
      2013, C.A No. 1421/2013, C.A No. 1409/2013, C.A No. 1415/2013, C.A No. 1414/
      2013, C.A No. 1412/2013, C.A No. 1413/2013, C.A No. 1419/2013, C.A No. 1411/
F     2013, C.A No. 1420/2013, C.A No. 1404/2013, C.A No. 1406/2013, C.A No. 1408/
      2013, C.A No.1407/2013, C.A No. 2304/2013, C.A No. 2305/2013, C.A No. 2306/
      2013, C.A Nos.10098-10102/2013, C.A Nos. 2307-2308/2013, C.A Nos. 4666-4667/
      2013, C.A No.6764/2013, C.A No. 4634/2014, C.A No. 8976/2018, C.A Nos. 8977-
      8988/2018, C.A No. 3402/2017, C.A No. 2006/2019.
      3
       This category includes C.A. Nos. 8733-8734/2018, C.A. No. 10114/2013, C.A. Nos.
G     10112-10113/2013, C.A. No. 10106/2013, C.A. No. 10103/2013, C.A. No.10104/
      2013, C.A. Nos. 10098-10102/2013, C.A. Nos. 8735-8736/2018, C.A. Nos.8948-
      8949/2018, C.A. No. 8956/2018, C.A. No. 8957/2018, C.A. No. 7852/2012, C.A. Nos.
      8974-8975/2018, C.A. No. 2304/2013, C.A. No. 2305/2013, C.A. No. 2306/2013,C.A.
      Nos. 2307-2308/2013, C.A. No. 10097/2013, C.A. No. 8976/2018, C.A. No. 3402/
      2017, SLP(C) No. 450/2019, C.A. No. 2006/2019.
      4
        This category includes C.A Nos. 8737-8941/2018, C.A No. 8942-8947/2018, C.A
H     No. 4420/2012, C.A No. 8959/2018, C.A No. 8963/2018, C.A No. 8962/2018, C.A
    ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           343
      THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       iii)   The third category concerns cases wherein the distributor            A
              happens to be a foreign, non-resident vendor, who, after
              purchasing software from a foreign, non-resident seller, resells
              the same to resident Indian distributors or end-users.5
       iv)    The fourth category includes cases wherein computer
              software is affixed onto hardware and is sold as an integrated       B
              unit/equipment by foreign, non-resident suppliers to resident
              Indian distributors or end-users.6
       5. These cases have a chequered history. The facts of C.A. Nos.
8733- 8734/2018 shall be taken as a sample, indicative of the points of
law that arise from the various appeals before us. In this case, the appellant,    C
Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Pvt. Ltd. [“EAC”], is a
resident Indian end-user of shrink-wrapped computer software, directly
imported from the United States of America [“USA”]. The assessment
years that we are concerned with are 2001-2002 and 2002-2003.
       6. The Assessing Officer by an order dated 15.05.2002, after                D
applying Article 12(3) of the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement
[“DTAA”], between India and USA, and upon applying section 9(1)(vi)
of the Income Tax Act, found that what was in fact transferred in the
transaction between the parties was copyright which attracted the
payment of royalty and thus, it was required that tax be deducted at
source by the Indian importer and end-user, EAC. Since this was not                E
done for both the assessment years, EAC was held liable to pay the
No.8958/2018, C.A No. 8961/2018, C.A No. 8960/2018, C.A Nos. 8950-8953/2018,
C.A No. 8966/2018, C.A No. 8973/2018, C.A No. 8965/2018, C.A No. 8972/2018, C.A
No. 8969/2018, C.A No. 8971/2018, C.A No. 8970/2018, C.A No. 8964/2018, C.A
No.8967/2018, C.A No. 8968/2018, C.A No. 1403/2013, C.A No. 1414/2013, C.A         F
No.1412/2013, C.A No. 1413/2013, C.A Nos. 1416-1418/2013, C.A No. 1405/2013,
C.A No. 1410/2013, C.A No. 1421/2013, C.A No. 1409/2013, C.A No. 1415/2013, C.A
No. 1419/2013, C.A No. 1411/2013, C.A No. 1420/2013, C.A No. 1404/2013, C.A
No.1406/2013, C.A No. 1408/2013, C.A No. 1407/2013, C.A Nos. 4666-4667/2013,
C.A No. 6764/2013, C.A No. 4419/2012, C.A Nos. 8977-8988/2018, C.A No. 4629/
2014, C.A No. 4631/2014, C.A No. 4630/2014, C.A No. 10105/2013.
5
  This category includes C.A. No. 10758/2017, C.A. No. 8990/2018, C.A. No. 9486/   G
2017, C.A. No. 8711/2018, C.A. No. 8722/2018, C.A. No. 8724/2018, C.A. No. 8725/
2018, C.A. No. 9551/2018, SLP(C) No. 6736/2020, C.A. No. 4634/2014.
6
 This category includes C.A. Nos. 10115-10117/2013, C.A. Nos. 6386-6387/2016,
C.A. Nos. 8954-8955/2018, SLP(C) No. 37580/2016, SLP(C) No. 28867/2016, SLP(C)
No. 28868/2016, C.A. No. 10673/2016, SLP(C) No. 29571/2016, C.A. No. 10674/
2016, SLP(C) No. 36782/2016.                                                       H
344            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                         [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     amount of Rs. 1,03,54,784 that it had not deducted as TDS, along with
      interest under section 201(1A) of the Income Tax Act amounting to Rs.
      15,76,567. The appeal before the Commissioner of Income Tax [“CIT”]
      was dismissed by an order dated 23.01.2004. However, the appeal before
      the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal [“ITAT”] succeeded vide an order
      dated 25.11.2005, in which the ITAT followed its previous order dated
B
      18.02.2005, passed in Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. v. Income Tax
      Officer, ITA Nos. 264-266/Bang/2002.
            7. An appeal was made from the order of the ITAT to the High
      Court of Karnataka by the Revenue. The Division Bench of the High
      Court of Karnataka heard a batch of appeals and framed nine questions,
C     of which question nos. 8 and 9 are important and are set out as follows:
            “8. Whether the Tribunal was correct in holding that since the
            assessee had purchased only a right to use the copyright i.e. the
            software and not the entire copyright itself, the payment cannot
            be treated as Royalty as per the Double Taxation Avoidance
D           Agreement and Treaties, which [are] beneficial to the assessee
            and consequently section 9 of the Act should not take into
            consideration.
            9. Whether the Tribunal was correct in holding that the payment
            partakes the character of purchase and sale of goods and therefore
E           cannot be treated as royalty payment liable to Income Tax.”
            8. In answering these questions, through a judgment dated
      24.09.2009, the Division Bench of the High Court of Karnataka relied
      heavily upon the judgment of this Court in Transmission Corpn. of
      A.P. Ltd. v. CIT, (1999) 7 SCC 266 [“AP Transco”] and held that
F     since no application under section 195(2) of the Income Tax Act had
      been made, the resident Indian importers became liable to deduct tax at
      source, without more, under section 195(1) of the Income Tax Act.
             9. This view of the High Court was set aside by this Court in GE
      India Technology Centre (P) Ltd. v. CIT, (2010) 10 SCC 29 [“GE
G     Technology”], which ultimately found that the judgment of the High
      Court dated 24.09.2009 had misread AP Transco (supra). Consequently,
      this Court remanded the matter to the High Court of Karnataka to decide,
      on merits, the question of law framed as follows:
            “24. In our view, Section 195(2) is based on the “principle of
H           proportionality”. The said sub-section gets attracted only in cases
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         345
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    where the payment made is a composite payment in which a                 A
    certain proportion of payment has an element of “income”
    chargeable to tax in India. It is in this context that the Supreme
    Court stated: (Transmission Corpn. case [(1999) 7 SCC 266 :
    (1999) 239 ITR 587], SCC p. 274, para 10)
       “10. … If no such application is filed income tax on such sum         B
       is to be deducted and it is the statutory obligation of the person
       responsible for paying such ‘sum’ to deduct tax thereon before
       making payment. He has to discharge the obligation [to TDS].”
                                                    (emphasis supplied)
    If one reads the observation of the Supreme Court, the words             C
    “such sum” clearly indicate that the observation refers to a case
    of composite payment where the payer has a doubt regarding the
    inclusion of an amount in such payment which is exigible to tax in
    India. In our view, the above observations of this Court in
    Transmission Corpn. case [(1999) 7 SCC 266 : (1999) 239 ITR              D
    587] which is put in italics has been completely, with respect,
    misunderstood by the Karnataka High Court to mean that it is not
    open for the payer to contend that if the amount paid by him to the
    non-resident is not at all “chargeable to tax in India”, then no TAS
    is required to be deducted from such payment. This interpretation
    of the High Court completely loses sight of the plain words of           E
    Section 195(1) which in clear terms lays down that tax at source
    is deductible only from “sums chargeable” under the provisions
    of the IT Act i.e. chargeable under Sections 4, 5 and 9 of the IT
    Act.
    25. Before concluding we may clarify that in the present case on         F
    facts ITO(TDS) had taken the view that since the sale of the
    software concerned, included a licence to use the same, the
    payment made by the appellant(s) to foreign suppliers constituted
    “royalty” which was deemed to accrue or arise in India and,
    therefore, TAS was liable to be deducted under Section 195(1) of         G
    the Act. The said finding of ITO(TDS) was upheld by CIT(A).
    However, in the second appeal, ITAT held that such sum paid by
    the appellant(s) to the foreign software suppliers was not a “royalty”
    and that the same did not give rise to any “income” taxable in
    India and, therefore, the appellant(s) was not liable to deduct TAS.
    However, the High Court did not go into the merits of the case           H
346            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           and it went straight to conclude that the moment there is remittance
            an obligation to deduct TAS arises, which view stands hereby
            overruled.
            26. Since the High Court did not go into the merits of the case on
            the question of payment of royalty, we hereby set aside the
B           impugned judgment of the High Court and remit these cases to
            the High Court for de novo consideration of the cases on merits.
            The question which the High Court will answer is: whether on
            facts and circumstances of the case ITAT was justified in holding
            that the amount(s) paid by the appellant(s) to the foreign software
            suppliers was not “royalty” and that the same did not give rise to
C           any “income” taxable in India and, therefore, the appellant(s) was
            not liable to deduct any tax at source?”
             10. The impugned judgment of the High Court of Karnataka, dated
      15.10.2011, reported as CIT v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., (2012)
      345 ITR 494, dealt with a whole group of appeals, and was thus faced
D     with the following question so posed by this Court:
            “The question which the High Court will answer is—
            “whether, on facts and circumstances of the case, the Income-
            tax Appellate Tribunal was justified in holding that the amount(s)
E           paid by the appellant(s) to the foreign software suppliers was not
            “royalty” and that the same did not give rise to any “income”
            taxable in India and, therefore, the appellant(s) was not liable to
            deduct any tax at source?””
                                                                    (page 498)

F            11. After setting out the facts in one of the appeals treated as the
      lead matter, namely ITA No. 2808/2005 concerning Samsung Electronics
      Co. Ltd., and the relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, India’s
      DTAAs with USA, France and Sweden respectively, the High Court of
      Karnataka, on an examination of the End-User Licence Agreement
      [“EULA”] involved in the transaction, found that what was sold by way
G     of computer software included a right or interest in copyright, which
      thus gave rise to the payment of royalty and would be an income deemed
      to accrue in India under section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, requiring
      the deduction of tax at source.
            12. Leading the charge on behalf of the appellants in the appeals
H     against this impugned judgment of the High Court of Karnataka, Shri
    ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          347
      THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

Arvind Datar, learned Senior Advocate, appearing on behalf of IBM                 A
India Ltd. [“IBM India”] in C.A. No. 4419/2012, which is a resident
Indian distributor of computer software products purchased from IBM
Singapore Pte Ltd. [“IBM Singapore”], submitted that his client is a
non- exclusive distributor, which purchases off-the-shelf copies of shrink-
wrapped computer software from a foreign company in Singapore for
                                                                                  B
onward sale to Indian end-users under a Remarketer Agreement. He
stressed that IBM India, the distributor, is not party to the EULA between
IBM Singapore and the ultimate end-users/customers in India. The Indian
end-user pays IBM India, and in turn, IBM India pays this amount to
IBM Singapore after deducting a portion of profit. Importantly, under
the Remarketer Agreement, IBM India does not own any right, title or              C
interest in copyright and other intellectual property owned by IBM
Singapore, and merely markets IBM Singapore’s software products in
India.
       13. Shri Datar further argued that the computer software that is
imported for onward sale from Singapore constitutes “goods” and thus              D
was directly covered by this Court’s judgment in Tata Consultancy
Services v. State of A.P., 2005 (1) SCC 308. He assailed the impugned
judgment of the High Court of Karnataka by referring to Article 12 of
the Agreement between the Government of the Republic of India and
the Government of the Republic of Singapore for the Avoidance of Double
Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on            E
Income,7 [“India-Singapore DTAA”], and the definition of “royalties”
contained therein. He argued that the definition of “royalties” did not
extend to derivative products of the copyright, for example, a book or a
music CD or software products. He relied upon the judgment in Union
of India v. Azadi Bachao Andolan, (2004) 10 SCC 1 [“Azadi Bachao                  F
Andolan”] to argue that by virtue of section 90(2) of the Income Tax
Act, the DTAA would prevail over domestic law to the extent it is more
beneficial to the deductor of tax under section 195 of the Income Tax
Act. According to him, even assuming that under section 9(1)(vi) of the
Income Tax Act IBM India’s transaction would entail parting with                  G
copyright and attract royalty, upon applying the more beneficial provisions
of the India-Singapore DTAA, it would be made clear that the amounts

7
 Notification No. GSR 610(E), Dated 8-8-1994 As Amended by Notification No. SO
1022(E), Dated 18-7-2005; No. S.O. 2031(E), Dated 1-9-2011 and No. S.O. 935(E),
Dated 23-3-2017.                                                                  H
348             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     payable were not in the nature of royalty, and no income in the hands of
      the foreign supplier would be deemed to accrue in India. Thus, no tax
      had to be deducted by the Indian importer under section 195(1) of the
      Income Tax Act. Equally, he submitted that the retrospective amendment
      to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act brought in by the Finance Act
      2012, which added explanation 4 to the provision and expanded its
B
      ambit with effect from 01.06.1976, could also not be applied to the DTAA
      in question.
             14. Pointing to the provisions of the Copyright Act, 1957
      [“Copyright Act”], Shri Datar argued that there was a difference
      between a copyright in an original work and a copyrighted article, and
C     that this was recognised in section 14(b) of the Copyright Act, which
      refers to a “computer program” per se and a “copy of a computer
      program” as two distinct subject matters. He emphasized that under the
      Remarketer Agreement, no copyright was given by IBM Singapore and
      that even the end-user in India only received a limited licence to use the
D     product by itself, with no right to sub-license, lease, make copies etc.
      The licence to use such shrink-wrapped computer software was thus
      incidental to and essential to effectuate the use of the product. He strongly
      relied upon the Commentaries on the Articles of the Model Tax
      Convention on Income and on Capital [“OECD Commentary”] by the
      Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [“OECD”]
E     which distinguishes between the sale of a copyrighted article and the
      sale of copyright itself. He further argued that the doctrine of first sale/
      principle of exhaustion was cemented in section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright
      Act post the amendment brought in vide Act 49 of 1999, with effect
      from 15.01.2000 [“1999 Amendment”], thereby making it clear that
F     the foreign supplier’s distribution right would not extend to the sale of
      copies of the work to other persons beyond the first sale. Importantly, he
      added that the importer, IBM India, being only a distributor, had no right
      to use the computer software, and merely purchased a sealed, shrink-
      wrapped product and resold it in the same, sealed condition, and thereby
      did not pay any consideration for any transfer of or interest in copyright.
G     He cited a number of judgments and other authorities to buttress his
      submissions.
             15. Shri Percy Pardiwala, learned Senior Advocate appearing on
      behalf of Rational Software Corporation India Ltd. in C.A. No. 8962/
      2018, supplemented Shri Datar’s submissions, and adverted to the
H     provisions of the India-Singapore DTAA, Income Tax Act and the relevant
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         349
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

EULA and Remarketer Agreement. Coming to the Finance Act 2012                A
which added explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act,
he argued that the words “any right, property or information used or
services utilised” which occur in section 9(1)(vi)(b), make it clear that
explanation 4, read both textually and contextually would only apply to
section 9(1)(vi)(b), and not expand the scope of the definition of royalty
                                                                             B
contained in explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi). Further, he referred to
Circular No. 10/2002 dated 09.10.2002 by the Central Board of Direct
Taxes [“CBDT”] in which “remittance for royalties” and “remittance
for supply of articles or…computer software” were addressed as
separate and distinct payments, the former attracting the “royalty”
provision under Article 12 of the DTAA, and the latter being taxable as      C
business profits under Article 7 of the DTAA, provided that the foreign,
non-resident supplier or manufacturer had a permanent establishment
[“PE”] in India.
       16. Shri S. Ganesh, learned Senior Advocate appearing on behalf
of Sonata Information Technology Ltd. in C.A. Nos. 8737-8941/2018,           D
submitted that to comprehend the nature of a licence, one would have to
refer to section 52 of the Indian Easements Act 1882. He stressed the
fact that the ruling by the AAR in the case of Dassault Systems, K.K.,
In Re., (2010) 322 ITR 125 (AAR), as followed in Geoquest
Systems B.V. Gevers Deynootweg, In Re., (2010) 327 ITR 1
(AAR), was not appealed against by the Revenue, and the exhaustive           E
statement of law contained therein is something that he relied upon.
According to him, if the position of the Revenue were correct, arbitrary
results would ensue, inasmuch as his client, receiving a 2% commission,
would, however, after the disallowance of the deduction under section
40(a)(ia) of the Income Tax Act, end up paying tax of a huge amount,         F
way beyond the commission, resulting in extreme financial hardship.
Thus, if section 195 of the Income Tax Act could be construed in a
manner so as to avoid such a result, this must be done. Further, he relied
heavily upon the OECD Commentary and went on to argue that mere
nomenclature, such as the use of the term “licence”, was not conclusive
as to the character of the transaction. He also relied upon section          G
52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act to argue that what is mentioned in the
provision is exactly what the transactions in these appeals are concerned
with, and therefore, the making of copies only in order to utilise the
product to the extent permitted by the EULA, would not constitute an
infringement of copyright, as expressly stated in this provision. Going by   H
350                SUPREME COURT REPORTS                       [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     what the originator or creator holds by way of copyright, which he either
      passes on or retains, and what is mentioned in section 52(1)(aa) of the
      Copyright Act, he submitted that what was resold by his client in this
      case was not copyright, but merely a copyrighted article, which constituted
      goods in the hands of the end- user, without any right to transfer the
      same. He also cited several judgments to buttress his submissions.
B
             17. Shri Ajay Vohra, learned Senior Advocate appearing on behalf
      of Sasken Communications Tech Ltd. in C.A. Nos. 10114/2013 and 8957/
      2018, relied upon the Convention between the Government of the United
      States of America and the Government of the Republic of India for the
      Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion
C     with respect to Taxes on Income,8 [“India-USA DTAA”] and echoed
      the submissions of his predecessors. In addition, he argued that the
      retrospective amendment to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act adding
      explanation 4, could not be applied as the assessment years that we
      are concerned with in all these cases are prior to 2012, and that the law
D     cannot compel one to do the impossible, namely, to deduct tax at source
      on an expanded definition of royalty which did not exist at the time of the
      payment/deduction to be made under section 195 of the Income Tax
      Act. He cited various judgments and relied upon the proposition that
      where no assessment to tax can be made on a foreign, non-resident
      supplier, the appellants could not be held to be assessees in default for
E     not deducting tax at source under section 195 of the Income Tax Act.
             18. Shri Preetesh Kapur, learned Senior Advocate appearing on
      behalf of Sunray Computers Pvt. Ltd. in C.A. Nos. 10115-10117/2013,
      stressed upon the language of section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act,
      both pre and post the 1999 Amendment, brought in with effect from
F     15.01.2000, and cited the doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion,
      arguing that the amendment, after deleting the words “regardless of
      whether such copy has been sold or given on hire on earlier occasions”,
      was a statutory application of the doctrine of first sale/principle of
      exhaustion. This, he argued, made it clear that since no distribution right
G     by the original owner extended beyond the first sale of the copyrighted
      goods, it can be said that only the goods, and not the copyright in the
      goods, had passed onto the importer.
           19. Shri Sachit Jolly, learned advocate appearing on behalf of
      Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Pvt. Ltd. in C.A. Nos. 8733-
H     8
          Notification No. GSR 992(E), dated 20-12-1990.
    ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                       351
      THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

8734/2018, and GE India Technology Centre Pvt. Ltd. in C.A. Nos.               A
8735- 8736/2018, also echoed these submissions and in particular, relied
upon judgments which made it clear that a retrospective amendment to
a statute cannot be applied to an assessment year in which, as a matter
of fact, the expanded definition of royalty did not exist.
       20. Shri Kunal Verma, learned advocate appearing on behalf of           B
Infineon Technologies India Pvt. Ltd. in C.A. No. 2006/2019, argued
that in any case, in the facts of his case, the payments made by the
assessee were in the nature of reimbursement of costs under a cost-
sharing agreement with a German supplier of software, and thus no
“sum chargeable under the provisions of [the] Act” had been paid,
attracting section 195 of the Income Tax Act. To buttress his submission,      C
he relied in particular upon the judgment in Director of Income Tax v.
A.P. Moller Maersk AS, (2017) 5 SCC 651.
       21. Per contra, Shri Balbir Singh, the learned Additional Solicitor
General appearing on behalf of the Revenue, took us through the
provisions of the Income Tax Act, the Copyright Act, the India-USA             D
DTAA and some of the EULAs between the parties. He argued that
explanation 2(v) to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act applied to
payments to a non-resident by way of royalty for the use of or the right
to use any copyright. For this, he relied upon the language of explanation
2(v) and stressed that the words “in respect of” have to be given a wide
                                                                               E
meaning. He then relied upon CBDT Circular No. 152 dated 27.11.1974,9
together with the statement of the Finance Minister made before the
Lok Sabha on 07.09.1990,10 and CBDT Notification No. 21/2012 dated
13.06.2012,11 to submit that explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi) of the
Income Tax Act is clarificatory of the position in law right from 01.06.1976
when section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act was first brought into force.      F
He then argued that the provisions for TDS are distinct from and exist
apart from provisions for assessment under the Income Tax Act. This
being so, it is clear that the India-USA DTAA and other such DTAAs
would not apply to the persons spoken of in section 195 of the Income
Tax Act who are not assessees, since the provisions of the DTAAs,
                                                                               G
when read with section 90 of the Income Tax Act, applied only to persons
who could be described as assessees. He also relied upon Article 30 of
9
    Circular No. 152 [F.No. 484/31/74-FTD-II], dated 27.11.1974.
10
     As recorded in CBDT Circular No. 588 dated 02.01.1991.
11
  Notification No. 21/2012 [F.No.142/10/2012-SO(TPL)] S.O. 1323(E), dated
13.06.2012.                                                                    H
352                SUPREME COURT REPORTS                        [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     the India-USA DTAA which, for the USA, fixes different dates for the
      entry into force of the provisions concerning withholding taxes and other
      taxes, unlike the entry into force provision for India, which makes no
      such distinction. This, he argued, would make it clear that persons who
      have to make deductions under section 195 of the Income Tax Act do
      not fall within the subject matter of the India-USA DTAA and other
B
      such DTAAs. He then relied heavily upon AP Transco (supra) and
      other judgments which make it clear that a “payer” under section 195
      and an “assessee” under section 2(7) of the Income Tax Act are distinct.
      He also relied heavily upon a recent judgment of this Court in PILCOM
      v. CIT, West Bengal- VII, 2020 SCC Online SC 426 [“PILCOM”],
C     which dealt with section 194E of the Income Tax Act, for the proposition
      that tax has to be deducted at source irrespective of whether tax is
      otherwise payable by the non-resident assessee. He then relied upon
      CBDT Circular No. 588 dated 02.01.1991,12 which clarified that tax
      concessions were not available in relation to payments in respect of
      software imported separately or independently of computer hardware.
D
             22. Coming to the Copyright Act, the learned Additional Solicitor
      General relied upon sections 2(a)(v), 19(3), 30A, 52(1)(ad), 58 and 65A
      of the Copyright Act to buttress the submission that in some of the cases
      before us, since adaptation of software could be made, albeit for
      installation and use on a particular computer, copyright is parted with by
E     the original owner. He added that section 51(b) of the Copyright Act
      makes it clear that when any person makes for sale or hire, or sells or
      lets for hire, or distributes, either for the purpose of trade or to such an
      extent as to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright, or imports
      into India, any infringing copies of the work, such importation into India
F     without a licence would amount to infringement of copyright. Further,
      section 58 of the Copyright Act regards infringing copies of any work as
      the property of the owner of the copyright, who accordingly may take
      proceedings for the recovery of possession thereof or in respect of the
      conversion thereof. From section 52(1)(ad) of the Copyright Act, the
      learned Additional Solicitor General sought to argue that only the making
G     of copies or the adaptation of a computer programme from a legally
      obtained copy for non-commercial, personal use would not amount to
      infringement, and therefore in the appeals before us, where such copies
      were made for commercial use, the converse would be true. He relied
      strongly upon the AAR’s ruling in Citrix Systems Asia Pacific Ptyl.
H     12
           187 ITR (St.) 0063.
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          353
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

Ltd., In Re., (2012) 343 ITR 1 (AAR), arguing that it approached the           A
subject correctly and that the findings made therein are different and
preferable to the findings made by the AAR in Dassault Systems,
K.K., In Re., (2010) 322 ITR 125 (AAR) and Geoquest Systems
B.V. Gevers Deynootweg, In Re., (2010) 327 ITR 1 (AAR), and
the other judgments of the High Court of Delhi.
                                                                               B
       23. The learned Additional Solicitor General further pointed out
that the Indian Government had expressed its reservations on the OECD
Commentary, especially on the parts of the OECD Commentary dealing
with the parting of copyright and royalty. He also relied upon on the
Report of the High Powered Committee on ‘Electronic Commerce and
Taxation’ constituted by the CBDT,13 [“HPC Report 2003”] and the               C
Report of the Committee on the Taxation of E-Commerce [“E-
Commerce Report 2016”], which proposed an equalization levy on
specified transactions. He then went on to rely on certain judgments to
state that even if the OECD Commentary could be relied upon, it being
a rule of international law contrary to domestic law, to the extent it was     D
contrary to explanations 2 and 4 of section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
Act, it must give way to domestic law. Referring to the doctrine of first
sale/principle of exhaustion, he cited a number of judgments in order to
show that under section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act, this doctrine cannot
be said to apply insofar as distributors are concerned. He finally concluded
his arguments by stating that the judgments which deal with computer           E
software under sales tax law and excise law have no relevance to income
tax law, as the laws relating to indirect taxes are fundamentally different
from the laws relating to direct taxes, since they must follow the drill of
the chargeability under the Income Tax Act, which is different from
chargeability under sales tax law or excise law.                               F
      THE INCOME TAX ACT, 1961
      24. Having heard the learned counsels appearing on behalf of
various parties, we first set out the relevant provisions of the Income
Tax Act that we are directly concerned with:
      “2. Definitions.                                                         G
      In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,— xxx xxx xxx
      (7) “assessee” means a person by whom any tax or any other
      sum of money is payable under this Act, and includes—
13
     F. No 500/ 122/ 99 dated December 16, 1999.                               H
354                 SUPREME COURT REPORTS                                 [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A                    (a) every person in respect of whom any proceeding under
                     this Act has been taken for the assessment of his income or
                     assessment of fringe benefits or of the income of any other
                     person in respect of which he is assessable, or of the loss
                     sustained by him or by such other person, or of the amount of
                     refund due to him or to such other person;
B
                     (b) every person who is deemed to be an assessee under any
                     provision of this Act;
                     (c) every person who is deemed to be an assessee in default
                     under any provision of this Act;
C                    xxx xxx xxx
                14
                   (37A) “rate or rates in force” or “rates in force”, in relation to
                an assessment year or financial year, means—
                              xxx xxx xxx
                     (iii) for the purposes of deduction of tax under section 194LBA
D                    or section 194LBB or section 194LBC or section 195, the rate
                     or rates of income-tax specified in this behalf in the Finance
                     Act of the relevant year or the rate or rates of income-tax
                     specified in an agreement entered into by the Central
                     Government under section 90, or an agreement notified by the
                     Central Government under section 90A, whichever is
E                    applicable by virtue of the provisions of section 90, or section
                     90A, as the case may be;”
                “4. Charge of income-tax.
                (1) Where any Central Act enacts that income-tax shall be charged
                for any assessment year at any rate or rates, income-tax at that
F               rate or those rates shall be charged for that year in accordance
                with, and subject to the provisions (including provisions for the
                levy of additional income-tax) of, this Act in respect of the total
                income of the previous year of every person:
                Provided that where by virtue of any provision of this Act income-
G               tax is to be charged in respect of the income of a period other
                than the previous year, income-tax shall be charged accordingly.
                (2) In respect of income chargeable under sub-section (1), income-
                tax shall be deducted at the source or paid in advance, where it is
                so deductible or payable under any provision of this Act.”
      14
H          Substituted by the Finance Act 1992 (18 of 1992), sec. 3(c) (w.e.f. 1-6-1992).
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        355
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    “5. Scope of total income.                                              A
    (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the total income of any
    previous year of a person who is a resident includes all income
    from whatever source derived which—
       (a) is received or is deemed to be received in India in such
       year by or on behalf of such person; or                              B

       (b) accrues or arises or is deemed to accrue or arise to him in
       India during such year; or
       (c) accrues or arises to him outside India during such year :
    Provided that, in the case of a person not ordinarily resident in       C
    India within the meaning of sub-section (6) of section 6, the income
    which accrues or arises to him outside India shall not be so included
    unless it is derived from a business controlled in or a profession
    set up in India.
    (2) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the total income of any      D
    previous year of a person who is a non-resident includes all income
    from whatever source derived which—
       (a) is received or is deemed to be received in India in such
       year by or on behalf of such person; or
       (b) accrues or arises or is deemed to accrue or arise to him in      E
       India during such year.
    Explanation 1.—Income accruing or arising outside India shall
    not be deemed to be received in India within the meaning of this
    section by reason only of the fact that it is taken into account in a
    balance sheet prepared in India.                                        F
    Explanation 2.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared
    that income which has been included in the total income of a
    person on the basis that it has accrued or arisen or is deemed to
    have accrued or arisen to him shall not again be so included on
    the basis that it is received or deemed to be received by him in        G
    India.”
    “9. Income deemed to accrue or arise in India.
    (1) The following incomes shall be deemed to accrue or arise in
    India:—
    xxx xxx xxx                                                             H
356                 SUPREME COURT REPORTS                                  [2021] 2 S.C.R.


                    15
A                        (vi) income by way of royalty payable by— xxx xxx xxx
                    (b) a person who is a resident, except where the royalty is
                    payable in respect of any right, property or information used or
                    services utilised for the purposes of a business or profession
                    carried on by such person outside India or for the purposes of
B                   making or earning any income from any source outside India;
                    xxx xxx xxx
                Explanation 2.—For the purposes of this clause, “royalty” means
                consideration (including any lump sum consideration but excluding
                any consideration which would be the income of the recipient
C               chargeable under the head “Capital gains”) for—
                    (i) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a
                    licence) in respect of a patent, invention, model, design, secret
                    formula or process or trade mark or similar property;
                    (ii) the imparting of any information concerning the working
D                   of, or the use of, a patent, invention, model, design, secret formula
                    or process or trade mark or similar property;
                    (iii) the use of any patent, invention, model, design, secret
                    formula or process or trade mark or similar property;
                    (iv) the imparting of any information concerning technical,
E                   industrial, commercial or scientific knowledge, experience or
                    skill;
                    16
                      (iva) the use or right to use any industrial, commercial or
                    scientific equipment but not including the amounts referred to
                    in section 44BB;
F                   (v) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a
                    licence) in respect of any copyright, literary, artistic or scientific
                    work including films or video tapes for use in connection with
                    television or tapes for use in connection with radio broadcasting;
                    or
G                   (vi) the rendering of any services in connection with the activities
                    referred to in 17[sub-clauses (i) to (iv), (iva) and (v)].
      15
           Inserted by the Finance Act 1976 (66 of 1976), sec 4(b) (w.e.f. 1-6-1976).
      16
           Inserted by the Finance Act 2001 (14 of 2001), sec. 4(i) (w.e.f. 1-4-2002).
      17
        Substituted by the Finance Act 2001 (14 of 2001), sec. 4(ii), for “sub-clauses (i) to
H     (v)” (w.e.f. 1-4-2002).
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                    357
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

          18
            Explanation 3.—For the purposes of this clause, “computer                    A
          software” means any computer programme recorded on any disc,
          tape, perforated media or other information storage device and
          includes any such programme or any customized electronic data.
          19
            Explanation 4.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified
          that the transfer of all or any rights in respect of any right, property       B
          or information includes and has always included transfer of all or
          any right for use or right to use a computer software (including
          granting of a licence) irrespective of the medium through which
          such right is transferred.
          20
            Explanation 5.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified             C
          that the royalty includes and has always included consideration in
          respect of any right, property or information, whether or not—
               (a) the possession or control of such right, property or
               information is with the payer;
               (b) such right, property or information is used directly by the           D
               payer;
               (c) the location of such right, property or information is in India.”
          “90. Agreement with foreign countries or specified
          territories.
                                                                                         E
          (1) The Central Government may enter into an agreement with
          the Government of any country outside India or specified territory
          outside India,—
             (a) for the granting of relief in respect of—
                 (i) income on which have been paid both income- tax under               F
                 this Act and income-tax in that country or specified territory,
                 as the case may be, or
                 (ii) income-tax chargeable under this Act and under the
                 corresponding law in force in that country or specified
18
   Substituted by the Finance Act 2000 (10 of 2000), sec. 4, for Explanation 3 (w.e.f.   G
1-4-2001). Explanation 3 before substitution, stood as under:
“Explanation 3.- For the purposes of this clause, the expression “computer software”
shall have the meaning assigned to it in clause
(b) of the Explanation to section 80HHE”.
19
     Inserted by the Finance Act 2012 (23 of 2012), sec 4(b) (w.r.e.f 1-6-1976).
20
     Inserted by the Finance Act 2012 (23 of 2012), sec 4(b) (w.r.e.f 1-6-1976).         H
358                  SUPREME COURT REPORTS                                [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A                       territory, as the case may be, to promote mutual economic
                        relations, trade and investment, or
                     (b) for the avoidance of double taxation of income under this
                     Act and under the corresponding law in force in that country
                     or specified territory, as the case may be, without creating
B                    opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax
                     evasion or avoidance (including through treaty-shopping
                     arrangements aimed at obtaining reliefs provided in the said
                     agreement for the indirect benefit to residents of any other
                     country or territory), or

C                    (c) for exchange of information for the prevention of evasion
                     or avoidance of income-tax chargeable under this Act or under
                     the corresponding law in force in that country or specified
                     territory, as the case may be, or investigation of cases of such
                     evasion or avoidance, or

D                    (d) for recovery of income-tax under this Act and under the
                     corresponding law in force in that country or specified territory,
                     as the case may be, and may, by notification in the Official
                     Gazette, make such provisions as may be necessary for
                     implementing the agreement.
                (2) Where the Central Government has entered into an agreement
E
                with the Government of any country outside India or specified
                territory outside India, as the case may be, under sub-section (1)
                for granting relief of tax, or as the case may be, avoidance of
                double taxation, then, in relation to the assessee to whom such
                agreement applies, the provisions of this Act shall apply to the
F               extent they are more beneficial to that assessee.
                xxx xxx xxx
                21
                  Explanation 4.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared
                that where any term used in an agreement entered into under
                sub-section (1) is defined under the said agreement, the said term
G
                shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the agreement;
                and where the term is not defined in the said agreement, but defined
                in the Act, it shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the
                Act and explanation, if any, given to it by the Central Government.”

      21
H          Inserted by the Finance Act 2017, sec. 39 (w.e.f. 1-4-2018).
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                     359
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

          “195. Other sums.                                                               A
          (1) Any person responsible for paying to a non-resident, not being
          a company, or to a foreign company, any interest (not being interest
          referred to in section 194LB or section 194LC) or section 194LD
          or any other sum chargeable under the provisions of this Act (not
          being income chargeable under the head “Salaries”) shall, at the                B
          time of credit of such income to the account of the payee or at the
          time of payment thereof in cash or by the issue of a cheque or
          draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier, deduct income-
          tax thereon at the rates in force:
          Provided that in the case of interest payable by the Government                 C
          or a public sector bank within the meaning of clause (23D) of
          section 10 or a public financial institution within the meaning of
          that clause, deduction of tax shall be made only at the time of
          payment thereof in cash or by the issue of a cheque or draft or by
          any other mode.
                                                                                          D
          Explanation 1.—For the purposes of this section, where any
          interest or other sum as aforesaid is credited to any account,
          whether called “Interest payable account” or “Suspense account”
          or by any other name, in the books of account of the person liable
          to pay such income, such crediting shall be deemed to be credit of
          such income to the account of the payee and the provisions of this              E
          section shall apply accordingly.
          22
             Explanation 2.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified
          that the obligation to comply with sub-section (1) and to make
          deduction thereunder applies and shall be deemed to have always
          applied and extends and shall be deemed to have always extended                 F
          to all persons, resident or non-resident, whether or not the non-
          resident person has—
              (i) a residence or place of business or business connection in
              India; or
              (ii) any other presence in any manner whatsoever in India.                  G
          (2) Where the person responsible for paying any such sum
          chargeable under this Act 23(other than salary) to a non- resident
          considers that the whole of such sum would not be income
22
     Inserted by the Finance Act 2012 (23 of 2012), sec. 77(a)(ii) (w.r.e.f. 1-4-1962).
23
     Substituted by the Finance Act 2003 (32 of 2003), sec. 80(b) (w.e.f. 1-6-2003).      H
360      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     chargeable in the case of the recipient, he may make an application
      in such form and manner to the Assessing Officer, to determine in
      such manner, as may be prescribed, the appropriate proportion of
      such sum so chargeable, and upon such determination, tax shall
      be deducted under sub- section (1) only on that proportion of the
      sum which is so chargeable.”
B
      “201. Consequences of failure to deduct or pay.
      (1) Where any person, including the principal officer of a
      company,—
         (a) who is required to deduct any sum in accordance with the
C        provisions of this Act; or
         (b) referred to in sub-section (1A) of section 192, being an
         employer,
      does not deduct, or does not pay, or after so deducting fails to pay,
      the whole or any part of the tax, as required by or under this Act,
D
      then, such person, shall, without prejudice to any other
      consequences which he may incur, be deemed to be an assessee
      in default in respect of such tax:
      Provided that any person, including the principal officer of a
      company, who fails to deduct the whole or any part of the tax in
E
      accordance with the provisions of this Chapter on the sum paid to
      a payee or on the sum credited to the account of a payee shall not
      be deemed to be an assessee in default in respect of such tax if
      such payee—
         (i) has furnished his return of income under section 139;
F
         (ii) has taken into account such sum for computing income in
         such return of income; and
         (iii) has paid the tax due on the income declared by him in such
         return of income,
G     and the person furnishes a certificate to this effect from an
      accountant in such form as may be prescribed:
      Provided further that no penalty shall be charged under section
      221 from such person, unless the Assessing Officer is satisfied
      that such person, without good and sufficient reasons, has failed
H     to deduct and pay such tax.”
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             361
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       25. The scheme of the Income Tax Act, insofar as the question             A
raised before us is concerned, is that for income to be taxed under the
Income Tax Act, residence in India, as defined by section 6, is necessary
in most cases. By section 4(1), income tax shall be charged for any
assessment year at any rate or rates, as defined by section 2(37A) of
the Income Tax Act, in respect of the total income of the previous year
                                                                                 B
of every person. Under section 4(2), in respect of income chargeable
under sub-section (1) thereof, income tax shall be deducted at source or
paid in advance, depending upon the provisions of the Income Tax Act.
Importantly, under section 5(2) of the Income Tax Act, the total income
of a person who is a non-resident, includes all income from whatever
source derived, which accrues or arises or is deemed to accrue or arise          C
to such person in India during such year. This, however, is subject to the
provisions of the Income Tax Act. Certain income is deemed to arise or
accrue in India, under section 9 of the Income Tax Act, notwithstanding
the fact that such income may accrue or arise to a non-resident outside
India. One such income is income by way of royalty, which, under section
                                                                                 D
9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, means the transfer of all or any rights,
including the granting of a licence, in respect of any copyright in a literary
work.
        26. That such transaction may be governed by a DTAA is then
recognized by section 5(2) read with section 90 of the Income Tax Act,
making it clear that the Central Government may enter into any such              E
agreement with the government of another country so as to grant relief
in respect of income tax chargeable under the Income Tax Act or under
any corresponding law in force in that foreign country, or for the avoidance
of double taxation of income under the Income Tax Act and under the
corresponding law in force in that country. What is of importance is that        F
once a DTAA applies, the provisions of the Income Tax Act can only
apply to the extent that they are more beneficial to the assessee and not
otherwise. Further, by explanation 4 to section 90 of the Income Tax
Act, it has been clarified by the Parliament that where any term is defined
in a DTAA, the definition contained in the DTAA is to be looked at. It is
only where there is no such definition that the definition in the Income         G
Tax Act can then be applied. This position has been recognised by this
Court in Azadi Bachao Andolan (supra), which held:
       “21. The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of the Act are expressly
       made “subject to the provisions of this Act”, which would include
       Section 90 of the Act. As to what would happen in the event of a          H
362            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           conflict between the provision of the Income Tax Act and a
            notification issued under Section 90, is no longer res integra.”
            “28. A survey of the aforesaid cases makes it clear that the judicial
            consensus in India has been that Section 90 is specifically intended
            to enable and empower the Central Government to issue a
B           notification for implementation of the terms of a Double Taxation
            Avoidance Agreement. When that happens, the provisions of such
            an agreement, with respect to cases to which they apply, would
            operate even if inconsistent with the provisions of the Income
            Tax Act. We approve of the reasoning in the decisions which we
            have noticed. If it was not the intention of the legislature to make
C           a departure from the general principle of chargeability to tax under
            Section 4 and the general principle of ascertainment of total income
            under Section 5 of the Act, then there was no purpose in making
            those sections “subject to the provisions of the Act”. The very
            object of grafting the said two sections with the said clause is to
D           enable the Central Government to issue a notification under Section
            90 towards implementation of the terms of DTACs which would
            automatically override the provisions of the Income Tax Act in
            the matter of ascertainment of chargeability to income tax and
            ascertainment of total income, to the extent of inconsistency with
            the terms of DTAC.”
E
                                                           (emphasis supplied)
             27. The machinery provision contained in section 195 of the
      Income Tax Act is inextricably linked with the charging provision
      contained in section 9 read with section 4 of the Income Tax Act, as a
F     result of which, a person resident in India, responsible for paying a sum
      of money, “chargeable under the provisions of [the] Act”, to a non-
      resident, shall at the time of credit of such amount to the account of the
      payee in any mode, deduct tax at source at the rate in force which,
      under section 2(37A)(iii) of the Income Tax Act, is the rate in force
      prescribed by the DTAA. Importantly, such deduction is only to be made
G     if the non- resident is liable to pay tax under the charging provision
      contained in section 9 read with section 4 of the Income Tax Act, read
      with the DTAA. Thus, it is only when the non-resident is liable to pay
      income tax in India on income deemed to arise in India and no deduction
      of TDS is made under section 195(1) of the Income Tax Act, or such
H     person has, after applying section 195(2) of the Income Tax Act, not
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           363
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

deducted such proportion of tax as is required, that the consequences of       A
a failure to deduct and pay, reflected in section 201 of the Income Tax
Act, follow, by virtue of which the resident-payee is deemed an “assessee
in default”, and thus, is made liable to pay tax, interest and penalty
thereon. This position is also made amply clear by the referral order in
the concerned appeals from the High Court of Karnataka, namely, the
                                                                               B
judgment of this Court in GE Technology (supra).
      28. However, the learned Additional Solicitor General relied strongly
upon the recent judgment of this Court in PILCOM (supra). This
judgment dealt with payments made to non-resident sportspersons or
sports associations, the relevant provision under section 194E of the
Income Tax Act reading as follows:                                             C

      “194-E. Payments to non-resident sportsmen or sports
      associations. - Where any income referred to in Section 115-
      BBA is payable to a non-resident sportsman (including an athlete)
      who is not a citizen of India or a non-resident sports association
      or institution, the person responsible for making the payment shall,     D
      at the time of credit of such income to the account of the payee or
      at the time of payment thereof in cash or by issue of a cheque or
      draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier, deduct income
      tax thereon at the rate of ten percent”
       29. It is in this context that this Court referred to the judgment in   E
GE Technology (supra) (see paragraph 16) and distinguished the same,
stating:
      “16.1 The submission that unless permission was obtained under
      Section 195(2) of the Act, the liability to deduct Tax at Source
      must be with respect to the entire payment, was not accepted.            F
      Relying on the expression “chargeable under the provisions of the
      Act” occurring in Section 195(1) of the Act, it was held “the
      obligation to deduct TAS, is however, limited to the appropriate
      proportion of the income chargeable under the Act forming part
      of the gross sum of money payable to the non-resident”.                  G
      16.2 This decision, in our view, has no application insofar as
      payments at serial nos. (vi) and (vii) are concerned. To the extent
      the payments represented amounts which could not be subject
      matter of charge under the provisions of the Act, appropriate
      benefit already stands extended to the Appellant.”
                                                                               H
364            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            30. It was in the context of section 194E of the Income Tax Act,
      that the Court went on to observe:
            “18. We now come to the issue of applicability of DTAA. As
            observed by the High Court, the matter was not argued before it
            in that behalf, yet the issue was dealt with by the High Court. In
B           our view, the reasoning that weighed with the High Court is quite
            correct. The obligation to deduct Tax at Source under Section
            194E of the Act is not affected by the DTAA and in case the
            exigibility to tax is disputed by the assessee on whose account the
            deduction is made, the benefit of DTAA can be pleaded and if the
            case is made out, the amount in question will always be refunded
C           with interest. But, that by itself, cannot absolve the liability under
            Section 194E of the Act.
            19. In the premises, it must be held that the payments made to the
            Non Resident Sports Associations in the present case represented
            their income which accrued or arose or was deemed to have
D           accrued or arisen in India. Consequently, the Appellant was liable
            to deduct Tax at Source in terms of Section 194E of the Act.”
              31. It will be seen that section 194E of the Income Tax Act belongs
      to a set of various provisions which deal with TDS, without any reference
      to chargeability of tax under the Income Tax Act by the concerned non-
E     resident assessee. This section is similar to sections 193 and 194 of the
      Income Tax Act by which deductions have to be made without any
      reference to the chargeability of a sum received by a non-resident
      assessee under the Income Tax Act. On the other hand, as has been
      noted in GE Technology (supra), at the heart of section 195 of the
F     Income Tax Act is the fact that deductions can only be made if the non-
      resident assessee is liable to pay tax under the provisions of the Income
      Tax Act in the first place.
            32. Thus, the judgment of this Court in PILCOM (supra), dealing
      with a completely different provision in a completely different setting,
G     has no application to the facts of this case.
            THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 1957
            33. The relevant provisions of the Copyright Act are as follows:
            “2. Interpretation.—In this Act, unless the context otherwise
            requires,—
H
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                   365
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

              (a) “adaptation” means,-                                                  A
                        xxx xxx xxx
                   (v) in relation to any work, any use of such work involving
                   its rearrangement or alteration;
                        xxx xxx xxx
                                                                                        B
              (d) “author” means,—
                   24
                     (vi) in relation to any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
                   work which is computer-generated, the person who causes
                   the work to be created;
                        xxx xxx xxx                                                     C
              25
                (fa) “commercial rental” does not include the rental, lease or
              lending of a lawfully acquired copy of a computer programme,
              sound recording, visual recording or cinematographic film for
              non-profit purposes by a non-profit library or non-profit
              educational institution;                                                  D
                        xxx xxx xxx
              (ffb) “computer” includes any electronic or similar device having
              information processing capabilities
              (ffc) “computer programme” means a set of instructions
              expressed in words, codes, schemes or in any other form,                  E
              including a machine readable medium, capable of causing a
              computer to perform a particular task or achieve a particular
              result;
                        xxx xxx xxx
                                                                                        F
              (m) “infringing copy” means—
                   (i) in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work,
                   a reproduction thereof otherwise than in the form of a
                   cinematograph film;
                   (ii) in relation to a cinematographic film, a copy of the film       G
                   made on any medium by any means;
                   (iii) in relation to a sound recording, any other recording
                   embodying the same sound recording, made by any means;
24
     Substituted by Act 38 of 1994, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 10-5-1995).
25
     Inserted by Act 27 of 2012, sec. 2(ii) (w.e.f. 21-6-2012).                         H
366                 SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A                       (iv) in relation to a programme or performance in which
                        such a broadcast reproduction right or a performer’s right
                        subsists under the provisions of this Act, the sound recording
                        or a cinematographic film of such programme or
                        performance,;
B                   if such reproduction, copy or sound recording is made or
                    imported in contravention of the provisions of this Act;
                    xxx xxx xxx
                    26
                       (o) “literary work” includes computer programmes, tables
                    and compilations including computer databases;”
C               “14. Meaning of copyright.— For the purposes of this Act,
                copyright means the exclusive right subject to the provisions of
                this Act, to do or authorise the doing of any of the following acts
                in respect of a work or any substantial part thereof, namely—
                    (a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, not
D                   being a computer programme,—
                         (i) to reproduce the work in any material form including the
                         storing of it in any medium by electronic means;
                         (ii) to issue copies of the work to the public not being copies
                         already in circulation;
E                       (iii) to perform the work in public, or communicate it to the
                        public;
                        (iv) to make any cinematograph film or sound recording in
                        respect of the work;
                        (v) to make any translation of the work;
F                       (vi) to make any adaptation of the work;
                        (vii) to do, in relation to a translation or an adaptation of the
                        work, any of the acts specified in relation to the work in
                        sub-clauses (i) to (vi);
                    (b) in the case of a computer programme—
G
                        (i) to do any of the acts specified in clause (a); 27(ii) to sell
                        or give on commercial rental or offer for sale or for
                        commercial rental any copy of the computer programme:
      26
           Substituted by Act 38 of 1994, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 10-5-1995).
      27
H          Substituted by Act 49 of 1999, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 15-1-2000).
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                               367
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

               Provided that such commercial rental does not apply in respect       A
               of computer programmes where the programme itself is not
               the essential object of the rental.”
          “16. No copyright except as provided in this Act.— No person
          shall be entitled to copyright or any similar right in any work,
          whether published or unpublished, otherwise than under and in             B
          accordance with the provisions of this Act or of any other law for
          the time being in force, but nothing in this section shall be construed
          as abrogating any right or jurisdiction to restrain a breach of trust
          or confidence.”
          “18. Assignment of copyright.— (1) The owner of the copyright             C
          in an existing work or the prospective owner of the copyright in a
          future work may assign to any person the copyright either wholly
          or partially and either generally or subject to limitations and either
          for the whole term of the copyright or any part thereof:
          Provided that in the case of the assignment of copyright in any           D
          future work, the assignment shall take effect only when the work
          comes into existence.
          28
           Provided further that no such assignment shall be applied to any
          medium or mode of exploitation of the work which did not exit or
          was not in commercial use at the time when the assignment was             E
          made, unless the assignment specifically referred to such medium
          or mode of exploitation of the work:
          Provided also that the author of the literary or musical work included
          in a cinematograph film shall not assign or waive the right to receive
          royalties to be shared on an equal basis with the assignee of             F
          copyright for the utilisation of such work in any form other than
          for the communication to the public of the work along with the
          cinematograph film in a cinema hall, except to the legal heirs of
          the authors or to a copyright society for collection and distribution
          and any agreement to contrary shall be void:
                                                                                    G
          Provided also that the author of the literary or musical work included
          in the sound recording but not forming part of any cinematograph
          film shall not assign or waive the right to receive royalties to be
          shared on an equal basis with the assignee of copyright for any
28
     Inserted by Act 27 of 2012, sec. 8 (w.e.f. 21-6-2012).                         H
368                 SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A               utilisation of such work except to the legal heirs of the authors or
                to a collecting society for collection and distribution and any
                assignment to the contrary shall be void.
                (2) Where the assignee of a copyright becomes entitled to any
                right comprised in the copyright, the assignee as respects the rights
B               so assigned, and the assignor as respects the rights not assigned,
                shall be treated for the purposes of this Act as the owner of
                copyright and the provisions of this Act shall have effect
                accordingly.
                (3) In this section, the expression “assignee” as respects the
                assignment of the copyright in any future work includes the legal
C
                representatives of the assignee, if the assignee dies before the
                work comes into existence.”
                “19. Mode of assignment.—
                    xxx xxx xxx
D               (3) The assignment of copyright in any work shall also specify the
                amount of royalty and any other consideration payable, to the
                author or his legal heirs during the currency of the assignment
                and the assignment shall be subject to revision, extension or
                termination on terms mutually agreed upon by the parties.”
                “30. Licences by owners of copyright— The owner of the
E               copyright in any existing work of the prospective owner of the
                copyright in any future work may grant any interest in the right by
                licence in writing by him or by his duly authorised agent:
                Provided that in the case of a licence relating to copyright in any
                future work, the licence shall take effect only when the work
F               comes into existence.
                Explanation.—Where a person to whom a licence relating to
                copyright in any future work is granted under this section dies
                before the work comes into existence, his legal representatives
                shall, in the absence of any provision to the contrary in the licence,
G               be entitled to the benefit of the licence.
                29
                   30A. Application of section 19.— The provisions of section
                19 shall, with any necessary adaptations and modifications, apply
                in relation to a licence under section 30 as they apply in relation to
                assignment of copyright in a work.”
      29
H          Inserted by Act 38 of 1994, s. 10 (w.e.f. 10-5-1995).
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                               369
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

          “51. When copyright infringed. Copyright in a work shall be               A
          deemed to be infringed—
          (a) when any person, without a licence granted by the owner of
          the copyright or the Registrar of Copyrights under this Act or in
          contravention of the conditions of a licence so granted or of any
          condition imposed by a competent authority under this Act—                B
              (i) does anything, the exclusive right to do which is by this Act
              conferred upon the owner of the copyright, or
              (ii) permits for profit any place to be used for the communication
              of the work to the public where such communication constitutes
              an infringement of the copyright in the work, unless he was           C
              not aware and had no reasonable ground for believing that
              such communication to the public would be an infringement of
              copyright; or
          (b) when any person—
              (i) makes for sale or hire, or sells or lets for hire, or by way of   D
              trade displays or offers for sale or hire, or
              (ii) distributes either for the purpose of trade or to such an
              extent as to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright, or
              (iii) by way of trade exhibits in public, or
                                                                                    E
              (iv) imports into India, any infringing copies of the work:
          Provided that nothing in sub-clause (iv) shall apply to the import
          of one copy of any work for the private and domestic use of the
          importer.]
          Explanation.— For the purposes of this section, the reproduction          F
          of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work in the form of a
          cinematograph film shall be deemed to be an “infringing copy”.
          “52. Certain acts not to be infringement of copyright.
          (1) The following acts shall not constitute an infringement of
          copyright, namely,—                                                       G
          xxx xxx xxx
             30
                (aa) the making of copies or adaptation of a computer
             programme by the lawful possessor of a copy of such computer
             programme, from such copy—
30
     Inserted by Act 38 of 1994, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 10-5-1995).                        H
370            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A               (i) in order to utilise the computer programme for the purpose
                for which it was supplied; or
                (ii) to make back-up copies purely as a temporary protection
                against loss, destruction or damage in order only to utilise the
                computer programme for the purpose for which it was supplied;
B               xxx xxx xxx
            (ad) the making of copies or adaptation of the computer programme
            from a personally legally
            obtained copy for non-commercial personal use;”
C           “58. Rights of owner against persons possessing or dealing
            with infringing copies.— All infringing copies of any work in
            which copyright subsists, and all plates used or intended to be
            used for the production of such infringing copies, shall be deemed
            to be the property of the owner of the copyright, who accordingly
D           may take proceedings for the recovery of possession thereof or
            in respect of the conversion thereof:
            Provided that the owner of the copyright shall not be entitled to
            any remedy in respect of the conversion of any infringing copies,
            if the opponent proves—
E               (a) that he was not aware and had no reasonable ground to
                believe that copyright subsisted in the work of which such
                copies are alleged to be infringing copies; or
                (b) that he had reasonable grounds for believing that such copies
                or plates do not involve infringement of the copyright in any
F               work.”
             34. A reading of the aforesaid provisions leads to the following
      conclusions. Under section 2(o) of the Copyright Act, a literary work
      includes a computer programme and a computer programme has been
      defined under section 2(ffc) of the Copyright Act to mean a set of
G     instructions expressed in words, codes, schemes or in any other form
      capable of causing a computer to perform a particular task or achieve a
      particular result.
            35. Though the expression “copyright” has not been defined
      separately in the “definitions” section of the Copyright Act, yet, section
H     14 makes it clear that “copyright” means the “exclusive right”, subject
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             371
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

to the provisions of the Act, to do or authorise the doing of certain acts       A
“in respect of a work”. When an “author” in relation to a “literary work”
which includes a “computer programme”, creates such work, such author
has the exclusive right, subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act, to
do or authorise the doing of several acts in respect of such work or any
substantial part thereof. In the case of a computer programme, section
                                                                                 B
14(b) specifically speaks of two sets of acts – the seven acts enumerated
in sub-clause (a) and the eighth act of selling or giving on commercial
rental or offering for sale or for commercial rental any copy of the
computer programme. Insofar as the seven acts that are set out in sub-
clause (a) are concerned, they all delineate how the exclusive right that
is with the owner of the copyright may be parted with, i.e., if there is any     C
parting with the right to reproduce the work in any material form; the
right to issue copies of the work to the public, not being copies already in
circulation; the right to perform the work in public or communicate it to
the public; the right to make any cinematograph film or sound recording
in respect of the work; the right to make any translation of the work; the
                                                                                 D
right to make any adaptation of the work; or the right to do any of the
specified acts in relation to a translation or an adaptation.
        36. In essence, such right is referred to as copyright, and includes
the right to reproduce the work in any material form, issue copies of the
work to the public, perform the work in public, or make translations or
adaptations of the work. This is made even clearer by the definition of          E
an “infringing copy” contained in section 2(m) of the Copyright Act,
which in relation to a computer programme, i.e., a literary work, means
reproduction of the said work. Thus, the right to reproduce a computer
programme and exploit the reproduction by way of sale, transfer, license
etc. is at the heart of the said exclusive right.                                F
        37. Section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act was amended twice,
first in 1994 and then again in 1999, with effect from 15.01.2000. Prior
to the 1999 Amendment, section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act read as
follows:
      “(ii) to sell or give on hire, or offer for sale or hire any copy of the   G
      computer programme, regardless of whether such copy has been
      sold or given on hire on earlier occasions;”
     What is conspicuous by its absence is the phrase “regardless of
whether such copy has been sold or given on hire on earlier occasions”.
                                                                                 H
372             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A             38. Importantly, no copyright exists in India outside the provisions
      of the Copyright Act or any other special law for the time being in force,
      vide section 16 of the Copyright Act. When the owner of copyright in a
      literary work assigns wholly or in part, all or any of the rights contained
      in section 14(a) and (b) of the Copyright Act, in the said work for a
      consideration, the assignee of such right becomes entitled to all such
B     rights comprised in the copyright that is assigned, and shall be treated as
      the owner of the copyright of what is assigned to him (see section 18(2)
      read with section 19(3) of the Copyright Act). Also, under section 30 of
      the Copyright Act, the owner of the copyright in any literary work may
      grant any interest in any right mentioned in section 14(a) of the Copyright
C     Act by licence in writing by him to the licensee, under which, for parting
      with such interest, royalty may become payable (see section 30A of the
      Copyright Act). When such licence is granted, copyright is infringed
      when any use, relatable to the said interest/right that is licensed, is contrary
      to the conditions of the licence so granted. Infringement of copyright
      takes place when a person “makes for sale or hire or sells or lets for
D     hire” or “offers for sale or hire” or “distributes…so as to affect
      prejudicially the owner of the copyright”, vide section 51(b) of the
      Copyright Act. Importantly, the making of copies or adaptation of a
      computer programme in order to utilise the said computer programme
      for the purpose for which it was supplied, or to make up back-up copies
E     as a temporary protection against loss, destruction or damage so as to
      be able to utilise the computer programme for the purpose for which it
      was supplied, does not constitute an act of infringement of copyright
      under section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act. In short, what is referred
      to in section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act would not amount to
      reproduction so as to amount to an infringement of copyright.
F             39. Section 52(1)(ad) is independent of section 52(1)(aa) of the
      Copyright Act, and states that the making of copies of a computer
      programme from a personally legally obtained copy for non-commercial
      personal use would not amount to an infringement of copyright. However,
      it is not possible to deduce from this what is sought to be deduced by the
G     learned Additional Solicitor General, namely, that if personally legally
      obtained copies of a computer programme are to be exploited for
      commercial use, it would necessarily amount to an infringement of
      copyright. Section 52(1)(ad) of the Copyright Act cannot be read to
      negate the effect of section 52(1)(aa), since it deals with a subject matter
      that is separate and distinct from that contained in section 52(1)(aa) of
H     the Copyright Act.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                              373
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       DOUBLE TAXATION AVOIDANCE AGREEMENTS                                       A
      40. These appeals concern the DTAAs between India and the
following countries/parties:
           1.    Commonwealth of Australia
           2.    Canada
                                                                                  B
           3.    People’s Republic of China
           4.    Republic of Cyprus
           5.    Republic of Finland
           6.    Republic of France
           7.    Federal Republic of Germany                                      C
           8.    Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the
                 People's Republic of China
           9.    Republic of Ireland
           10.   Republic of Italy
           11.   Japan                                                            D
           12.   Republic of Korea
           13.   Kingdom of Netherlands
           14.   Republic of Singapore
           15.   Kingdom of Sweden
           16.   India-Taipei Association in Taipei (Taiwan)                      E
           17.   United States of America
           18.   United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland

       41. Insofar as is material, each of these DTAAs is based on the
OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and on Capital, and are                       F
therefore substantially similar, if not identical, in respect of the provisions
concerning “business profits” and “royalties”. The provisions of one of
these DTAAs, namely the India-Singapore DTAA, are set out as follows:
       “ARTICLE 2 - TAXES COVERED
       1. The taxes to which this Agreement shall apply are:                      G
          (a) in India: income-tax including any surcharge thereon
          (hereinafter referred to as “Indian tax”);
          (b) in Singapore: the income tax (hereinafter referred to as
          “Singapore tax”).
                                                                                  H
374      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     2. The Agreement shall also apply to any identical or substantially
      similar taxes which are imposed by either Contracting State after
      the date of signature of the present Agreement in addition to, or in
      place of, the taxes referred to in paragraph 1. The competent
      authorities of the Contracting States shall notify each other of any
      substantial changes which are made in their respective taxation
B
      laws.”
      “ARTICLE 3 - GENERAL DEFINITIONS
       xxx xxx xxx
      2. As regards the application of the Agreement by a Contracting
C     State, any term not defined therein shall, unless the context
      otherwise requires, have the meaning which it has under the law
      of that State concerning the taxes to which the Agreement
      applies.”
      “ARTICLE 7 - BUSINESS PROFITS
D
      1. The profits of an enterprise of a Contracting State shall be
      taxable only in that State unless the enterprise carries on business
      in the other Contracting State through a permanent establishment
      situated therein. If the enterprise carries on business as aforesaid,
      the profits of the enterprise may be taxed in the other State but
E     only so much of them as is directly or indirectly attributable to that
      permanent establishment.”
      “ARTICLE 12 - ROYALTIES AND FEES FOR
      TECHNICAL SERVICES
      1. Royalties and fees for technical services arising in a Contracting
F
      State and paid to a resident of the other Contracting State may be
      taxed in that other State.
      2. However, such royalties and fees for technical services may
      also be taxed in the Contracting State in which they arise and
      according to the laws of that State, but if the recipient is the
G     beneficial owner of the royalties or fees for technical services,
      the tax so charged shall not exceed:
         (a) in the case of royalties referred to in paragraph 3(a) and
         fees for technical services as defined in this Article (other than
         services described in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph), 15%
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                       375
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       of the gross amount of the royalties and fees;                      A
       (b) in the case of royalties referred to in paragraph 3(b) and
       fees for technical services as defined in this Article that are
       ancillary and subsidiary to the enjoyment of property for which
       royalties under paragraph 3(b) are received, 10% of the gross
       amount of the royalties and fees.                                   B
    3. The term “royalties” as used in this Article means payments of
    any kind received as a consideration for the use of, or the right to
    use:
       (a) any copyright of a literary, artistic or scientific work,
       including cinematograph films or films or tapes used for radio      C
       or television broadcasting, any patent, trade mark, design or
       model, plan, secret formula or process, or for information
       concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience,
       including gains derived from the alienation of any such right,
       property or information;                                            D
       (b) any industrial, commercial or scientific equipment, other
       than payments derived by an enterprise from activities described
       in paragraph 4(b) or 4(c) of Article 8.”
    “ARTICLE 30 - ENTRY INTO FORCE
                                                                           E
    1. Each of the Contracting States shall notify the other of the
    completion of the procedures required by its law for the bringing
    into force of this Agreement. This Agreement shall enter into force
    on the date of the later of these notifications and shall thereupon
    have effect:
                                                                           F
       (a) in India: in respect of income arising in any fiscal year
       beginning on or after the first day of April 1994;
       (b) in Singapore: in respect of income arising in any fiscal year
       beginning on or after the first day of January 1994.
    2. The Agreement between the Government of the Republic of             G
    India and the Government of the Republic of Singapore for the
    avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion
    with respect to taxes on income signed in Singapore on 20th April,
    1981 shall terminate and cease to be effective from the date on
    which this Agreement comes into effect.”
                                                                           H
376                SUPREME COURT REPORTS                       [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A             42. The subject matter of each of the DTAAs with which we are
      concerned is income tax payable in India and a foreign country.
      Importantly, as is now reflected by explanation 4 to section 90 of the
      Income Tax Act and under Article 3(2) of the DTAA, the definition of
      the term “royalties” shall have the meaning assigned to it by the DTAA,
      meaning thereby that the expression “royalty”, when occurring in section
B
      9 of the Income Tax Act, has to be construed with reference to Article
      12 of the DTAA. This position is also clarified by CBDT Circular No.
      333 dated 02.04.1982,31 which states as follows:
              “Circular : No. 333 dated 2-4-1982.
              Specific provisions made in double taxation avoidance
C             agreement - Whether it would prevail over general
              provisions contained in Income-tax Act
              1. It has come to the notice of the Board that sometimes effect to
              the provisions of double taxation avoidance agreement is not given
             by the Assessing Officers when they find that the provisions of
D             the agreement are not in conformity with the provisions of the
              Income-tax Act, 1961.
              2. The correct legal position is that where a specific provision is
              made in the double taxation avoidance agreement, that provisions
              will prevail over the general provisions contained in the Income-
E             tax Act. In fact that the double taxation avoidance agreements
              which have been entered into by the Central Government under
              section 90 of the Income-tax Act, also provide that the laws in
              force in either country will continue to govern the assessment and
              taxation of income in the respective countries except where
             provisions to the contrary have been made in the agreement.
F
              3. Thus, where a double taxation avoidance agreement
             provides for a particular mode of computation of income, the
             same should be followed, irrespective of the provisions in the
             Income-tax Act. Where there is no specific provision in the
              agreement, it is basic law, i.e., the Income-tax Act, that will
G            govern the taxation of income.”
              43. Thus, by virtue of Article 12(3) of the DTAA, royalties are
      payments of any kind received as consideration for “the use of, or the
      right to use, any copyright” of a literary work, which includes a computer
      programme or software.
H     31
           F. No. 506/42/81-FTD.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        377
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       END-USER LICENCE AGREEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTION                         A
AGREEMENTS
       44. Certain sample clauses of the EULAs that are illustrative of
the transactions with which we are concerned in each category (outlined
in paragraph 4 of this judgment), are set out hereinbelow:
       44. i) Category 1:                                                   B
       The EULA between Samsung Electronics Co. and the end-user
(updated on 16.11.2016) contains, inter alia, the following terms:
      “This End User Licence Agreement (“EULA”) is a legal
      agreement between you (either an individual or a single entity)
      and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“Samsung”) for software,           C
      whether pre-installed or downloaded, owned by Samsung and its
      affiliated companies and its third party suppliers and licensors,
      that accompanies this EULA, which includes computer software
      and may include associated media, content and data, printed
      materials, or electronic documentation in connection with your
                                                                            D
      use of Samsung Mobile Device, which will be defined below
      (“Samsung Software”).
      xxx xxx xxx
      1. GRANT OF LICENCE. Samsung grants you a limited non-
      exclusive licence to install, use, access, display and run one copy
      of the Samsung Software on a single Samsung Mobile Device,            E
      local hard disk(s) or other permanent storage media of one
      computer and you may not make Samsung Software available
      over a network where it could be used by multiple computers at
      the same time. You may make one copy of the Samsung Software
      in machine readable form for backup purposes only; provided that      F
      the backup copy must include all copyright or other proprietary
      notices contained on the original.
      Certain items of the Samsung Software may be subject to open
      source licences. The open source licence provisions may override
      some of the terms of this EULA. We make the applicable open           G
      source licenses available to you on the Legal Notices section of
      the Settings menu of your device.
      2. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP.
      Samsung reserves all rights not expressly granted to you in this
      EULA. The Software is protected by copyright and other                H
378      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     intellectual property laws and treaties. Samsung or its suppliers
      own the title, copyright and other intellectual property rights in the
      Samsung Software. The Samsung Software is licenced, not sold.
      3. LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS. You shall not,
      and shall not enable or permit others to, copy, reverse engineer,
B     decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to discover the
      source code or algorithms of, the Software (except and only to
      the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable
      law notwithstanding this limitation), or modify, or disable any
      features of, the Software, or create derivative works based on
      the Software. You may not rent, lease, lend, sublicense or provide
C     commercial hosting services with the Software. You may not
      transfer this EULA or the rights to the Samsung Software granted
      herein to any third party unless it is in connection with the sale of
      the mobile device which the Samsung Software accompanied. In
      such event, the transfer must include all of the Samsung Software
D     (including all component parts, the media and printed materials,
      any upgrades, this EULA) and you may not retain any copies of
      the Samsung Software. The transfer may not be an indirect
      transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end
      user receiving the Samsung Software must agree to all the EULA
      terms. Where Samsung Mobile Device is being used by your
E     employee or other person using the Samsung Mobile Device as
      part of your undertaking (“Your Staff”), that member of your Staff
      is licenced to use the Samsung Software as if it were you and
      must comply with these terms on the same basis. Any failure to
      comply with these terms by your Staff shall be deemed [to be a]
F     failure to comply with these terms by you.
       xxx xxx xxx
      7. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You acknowledge that the
      Samsung Software is subject to export restrictions of various
      countries. You agree to comply with all applicable international
G     and national laws that apply to the Samsung Software, including
      all the applicable export restriction laws and regulations.”
                                                      (emphasis supplied)


H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           379
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      44. ii)   Category 2:                                                    A
      44. ii) a. The Remarketer Agreement dated 01.10.2004, between
IBM Singapore, a foreign, non-resident supplier of computer programmes
and IBM India, an Indian distributor/remarketer, with which C.A. No.
4419/2012 is concerned, contains, inter alia, the following terms:
      “IMB Distribution Agreement                                              B

      General Terms
      1. Definitions
      IMB shall mean International Business Machines Corporation
                                                                               C
      Customer is either an End User or a Remarketer. You may market
      to End User or Remarketers or both.
      End User is anyone, who is not a Related Company, who acquires
      Programs for its own use and not for resale.
      Programs shall mean instructions written, contained or recorded          D
      on materials, documents or machine readable media capable of
      being executed on, or used in the operation of a machine and
      information technology or data related thereto. The term shall
      include, but is not limited to, instructions, documentation,
      information or data recorded on reels of magnetic tape, magnetic
      disks, microfiche cards, and other similar media, and logic manuals,     E
      flow charts, operational instruction guides, interface specifications,
      detailed listings, application manuals, modification guides, operating
      Instructions, functional specifications and design specifications
      containing or related to such information, instruments or data. In
      particular, the term Programs includes, but is not limited to            F
      supervisors, monitors, operating systems, language compiles, sorts
      conversion aid programs, general purpose utilities, industry
      application programs and other general purpose application
      programs.
      IMB Programs shall mean programs protected by IBM’s Patents              G
      or IMB’s Copyrights, other than or in addition to Remarketer’s
      Patents and Remarkets, which are marketed by IMB or its
      Subsidiaries.”
      xxx xxx xxx
                                                                               H
380      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                             [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     “3. Our Relationship
      Responsibilities
      Each of us agrees that:
      1. you are an independent contractor, and this Agreement is non-
B     exclusive. Neither of us is a legal representative or legal agent of
      the other. Neither of us is legally a partner of the other (for example,
      neither of us is responsible for debts incurred by the other), and
      neither of us is an employee or franchise of the other nor does
      this Agreement create joint venture between us

C      xxx xxx xxx
      5. We may withdraw a Program from marketing at any time”
      “Other Responsibilities
      You agree:
        xxx xxx xxx
D
      2. that your rights under this Agreement are not property rights
      and therefore, you can not transfer them to anyone else or
      encumber them in any way. For example, you can not sell your
      approval to market our Programs or your rights to use Trademarks;
      3. Not to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, your rights
E     under it, or any of its approvals or delegate any duties, other than
      to a Related Company, unless expressly permitted to do so under
      this Agreement.”
      “7. Patents, Copyrights and Intellectual Property Rights.
      You agree that you do not and shall not own any right, title or
F     interest in and to any and all patents, copyrights and intellectual
      property rights.
      You shall not alter, deface, remove, cover, mutilate, or add to, in
      any manner whatsoever, any patent notice, copyright notice,
      trademark, service mark, trade name, serial number, model number,
G     brand name or legend that we may attach or affix to the Programs.
      If a third party claims that Program we provide under this
      Agreement infringes that part’s patents or copyrights, we will
      defend you against that claim at our expense and pay all costs,
      damages, and attorney’s fees that a court finally awards, provided
H     that you:
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         381
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      1. promptly notify us in writing of the claim; and                     A
      2. allow us to control, and cooperate with us in the defense and
      any related settlement negotiations;”
      “You may market to your Customers the Programs we sell to
      you. We will notify you from time to time of the types of Programs
      that are available for purchase by you under this Agreement. These     B
      terms apply to all methods of distribution including to End Users
      and through distributors, resellers, solution providers, and systems
      integrators.”
                                                     (emphasis supplied)
                                                                             C
      44. ii) b. The EULA dated 01.07.2019, involved in C.A. No. 4419/
2012, granting resident Indian end-users the licence to use the software
remarketed or distributed in India through IBM India, contains the
following terms:
      “1. Definitions and Interpretation                                     D
      1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the
      following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:
      “Authorized Use” – the specified level at which Licensee is
      authorized to execute or run the Program. That level may be
      measured by number of users, millions of service units (“MSUs”),       E
      Processor Value Units (“PVUs” ), or other level of use specified
      by IBM.
      “IBM” – International Business Machines Corporation or one of
      its subsidiaries.
      “License Information” (“LI”) – a document that provides                F
      information and any additional terms specific to a Program.
      “Program” – the following, including the original and all whole or
      partial copies:
         1) machine-readable instructions and data,                          G
         2) components, files and modules
         3) audio-visual content (such as images, text, recordings, or
         pictures),
         4) related licensed materials (such as keys and documentation).”
                                                                             H
382      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                         [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     “2. License Grant
      The Program is owned by IBM or an IBM supplier, and is
      copyrighted and licensed, not sold. Licensee receives a license to
      the Programs from Assimil8 Limited through a sublicensing
      agreement between IBM and Assimil8 Limited. Assimil8 Limited
B     grants Licensee a nonexclusive license to
         1) use the Program up to the Authorized Use specified in the
         PoE
         2) make and install copies to support such Authorized Use, and

C        3) make a backup copy, all provided that
            a. Licensee has lawfully obtained the Program and complies
            with the terms of the Agreement;
            b. The backup copy does not execute unless the backed-up
            Program cannot execute
D
            c. Licensee reproduces all copyright notices and other
            legends of ownership on each copy, or partial copy of the
            Program
            d…
E           e. Licensee does not:
               1) use, copy, modify, or distribute the Program except
               as expressly permitted in this agreement;
               2) reverse assemble, reverse compile, otherwise
               translate, or reverse engineer the program, except as
F              expressly permitted by law without the possibility of
               contractual waiver;
               3) use any of the Program’s components, files, modules,
               audio-visual content, or related licensed materials
               separately from that program; or
G
               4) sublicense, rent, or lease the Program;”
                                                    (emphasis supplied)
      44. iii) Category 3:
      The standard-form EULA accompanying Microsoft software
H     products sold to resident Indian end-users by Microsoft
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                      383
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    Corporation, a non- resident, foreign vendor includes the following   A
    terms:
    “1. GRANT OF LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following
    rights:
        a. Systems Software -
    You may install and use one copy of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT              B
    on a single computer, including a workstation, terminal, or other
    digital electronic device (“COMPUTER”). You may permit a
    maximum of five (5) COMPUTERS to connect to the single
    COMPUTER running the SOFTWARE PRODUCT solely to
    access the Internet using the Internet Connection Sharing feature     C
    of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. You may not allow these
    connected COMPUTERS to use any other components of the
    SOFTWARE PRODUCT, nor to invoke application sharing as
    described below. The five
    (5) connection maximum includes any indirect connections made
                                                                          D
    through software or hardware that pools or aggregates
    connections.
        b. Storage/Network Use -
    You may also store or install a copy of the SOFTWARE
    PRODUCT on a storage device, such as a network server, used
    on to install or run the SOFTWARE PRODUCT on your other               E
    COMPUTERS over an internal network: however, you must
    acquire and run a licence for each separate COMPUTER on or
    from which the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is installed, used,
    accessed, displayed, or forgoing any number of COMPUTERS
    may access or otherwise utilize the file and print services and       F
    peer web services of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. In addition,
    you may use the “Multiple Display” feature of the SOFTWARE
    PRODUCT to expand your desktop as described in the online
    Help file without obtaining a license for each display.”
    “2. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND
                                                                          G
    LIMITATIONS
    xxx xxx xxx
    Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation, and
    Disassembly - You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or
    disassemble the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, except and only to
                                                                          H
384            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                             [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable
            law nothwithstanding this limitation.”
            “4. COPYRIGHT- All title and intellectual property rights in and
            to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT (including but not limited to any
            images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text, and
B           “applets” incorporated into the SOFTWARE PRODUCT), the
            accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the
            SOFTWARE PRODUCT are owned by Microsoft or its suppliers.
            All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content that is
            not contained in the Software Product, but may be accessed through
            use of the Software Product, is the property of the respective
C           content owners and may be protected by applicable copyright or
            other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants
            you no rights to use such content. All rights not expressly granted
            are reserved by Microsoft.”
            “6. BACKUP COPY- After installation of one copy of the
D           SOFTWARE PRODUCT pursuant to this EULA, you may keep
            the original media on which the SOFTWARE PRODUCT was
            provided by Microsoft solely for backup or archival purposes. If
            the original media is required to use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT
            on the COMPUTER, you may make one copy of the SOFTWARE
E           PRODUCT solely for backup or archival purposes. Except as
            expressly provided in this EULA, you may not otherwise make
            copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT or the printed materials
            accompanying the SOFTWARE PRODUCT”
                                                             (emphasis supplied)
F           44. iv) Category 4
            The Supply Contract (undated) between a resident Indian company,
      JT Mobiles Ltd., and a Swedish supplier, Ericsson Radio Systems A.B.
      concerning the supply of a Mobile Telephone System in C.A. Nos. 6386-
      6387/2016, states the following in respect of the software licence granted:
G
            “20. LICENSE
                      20.1 Subject to the terms of conditions set forth in this
                Article 20, Licence, JT MOBILES is hereby granted a non-
                exclusive restricted licence to use the Software and
                Documentation, but only for JT MOBILES’ own operation and
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                     385
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      maintenance of the System in accordance with this contract,        A
      and not otherwise.
             20.2 Notwithstanding anything this Contract to the
      contrary, it is understood that JT MOBILES receives no title
      or ownership rights to the Software or Documentation, and all
      such rights shall remain with Contractor or its suppliers.         B
             20.3 JT MOBILES agrees that the Software or
      Documentation provided to it by Contractor under this Contract
      or any renewals, extension, or expansions thereof, shall, as
      between the parties hereto, be treated as proprietary and a
      trade secret of Contractor or its suppliers, and be subject to     C
      the provisions of Article 30, Confidentiality.
            20.4 In pursuance of the foregoing JT MOBILES shall:
            a) not provide or make the Software or Documentation
            or any portions or aspects thereof (including any methods
            or concepts utilized or expressed therein) available to      D
            any person except to its employees on a “need to know”
            basis;
            b) not make any copies of Software or Documentation
            or parts thereof, except for archival backup purposes;
                                                                         E
            c) when making permitted copies as aforesaid transfer
            to the copy/copies any copyright or other marking on
            the Software or Documentation.
            d) not use the Software or Documentation for any other
            purpose than permitted in this Article 20, License or sell
                                                                         F
            or in any manner alienate or part with its possession.
              e) not use or transfer the Software and/or the
              Documentation outside India without the written consent
              of the Contractor and after having received necessary
              export or re-export permits from relevant authorities.
                                                                         G
              20.5 JT MOBILES and any successor to JT MOBILES
      title to the Hardware or part of Hardware shall have the right
      without further consent of Contractor to transfer this license
      to a third party which acquires the System, provided any such
      third party agrees in writing to abide by all the terms and
      conditions of this license.                                        H
386             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A                      20.6. The obligations of JT MOBILES under this Article
                20, Licence, shall survive the termination or expiration of this
                Contract for any reason.
                       20.7 The Software licensed under this Contract is
                delivered in an inseparable package also containing other
B               software functionality than the Software. In order to avoid
                doubt JT MOBILES may not in any use that other part of the
                software functionality. However, upon JT MOBILES’ request
                Contractor shall offer a licence to use such other software
                functionality to JT MOBILES on the same terms and conditions
                as stipulated in this Contract but not price.”
C
                                                               (emphasis supplied)
              45. A reading of the aforesaid distribution agreement would show
      that what is granted to the distributor is only a non-exclusive, non-
      transferable licence to resell computer software, it being expressly
D     stipulated that no copyright in the computer programme is transferred
      either to the distributor or to the ultimate end-user. This is further amplified
      by stating that apart from a right to use the computer programme by the
      end-user himself, there is no further right to sub-license or transfer, nor
      is there any right to reverse-engineer, modify, reproduce in any manner
      otherwise than permitted by the licence to the end-user. What is paid by
E     way of consideration, therefore, by the distributor in India to the foreign,
      non-resident manufacturer or supplier, is the price of the computer
      programme as goods, either in a medium which stores the software or in
      a medium by which software is embedded in hardware, which may be
      then further resold by the distributor to the end-user in India, the distributor
F     making a profit on such resale. Importantly, the distributor does not get
      the right to use the product at all.
            46. When it comes to an end-user who is directly sold the computer
      programme, such end-user can only use it by installing it in the computer
      hardware owned by the end-user and cannot in any manner reproduce
G     the same for sale or transfer, contrary to the terms imposed by the EULA.
              47. In all these cases, the “licence” that is granted vide the EULA,
      is not a licence in terms of section 30 of the Copyright Act, which transfers
      an interest in all or any of the rights contained in sections 14(a) and
      14(b) of the Copyright Act, but is a “licence” which imposes restrictions
      or conditions for the use of computer software. Thus, it cannot be said
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            387
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

that any of the EULAs that we are concerned with are referable to               A
section 30 of the Copyright Act, inasmuch as section 30 of the Copyright
Act speaks of granting an interest in any of the rights mentioned in
sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act. The EULAs in all the
appeals before us do not grant any such right or interest, least of all, a
right or interest to reproduce the computer software. In point of fact,
                                                                                B
such reproduction is expressly interdicted, and it is also expressly stated
that no vestige of copyright is at all transferred, either to the distributor
or to the end-user. A simple illustration to explain the aforesaid position
will suffice. If an English publisher sells 2000 copies of a particular book
to an Indian distributor, who then resells the same at a profit, no copyright
in the aforesaid book is transferred to the Indian distributor, either by       C
way of licence or otherwise, inasmuch as the Indian distributor only
makes a profit on the sale of each book. Importantly, there is no right in
the Indian distributor to reproduce the aforesaid book and then sell copies
of the same. On the other hand, if an English publisher were to sell the
same book to an Indian publisher, this time with the right to reproduce
                                                                                D
and make copies of the aforesaid book with the permission of the author,
it can be said that copyright in the book has been transferred by way of
licence or otherwise, and what the Indian publisher will pay for, is the
right to reproduce the book, which can then be characterised as royalty
for the exclusive right to reproduce the book in the territory mentioned
by the licence.                                                                 E
      48. An instructive judgment of this Court in this respect is to be
found in State Bank of India v. Collector of Customs, (2000) 1
SCC 727. In this case, the State Bank of India imported a consignment
of computer software and manuals from Kindle Software Ltd., Dublin,
Ireland, and cleared the goods for home consumption, and filed an               F
application before the Additional Collector of Customs, claiming a refund
of customs duty. After setting out section 14 of the Customs Act 1962
and rule 9(1)(c) of the Customs Valuation (Determination of Price of
Imported Goods) Rules, 1988, the Court stated:
      “9. Now, if we refer to the interpretative note relating to Rule          G
      9(1)(c) it says that royalties and licence fees may include, among
      other things, payments in respect to patents, trademarks and
      copyrights. There is, however, an exception which says that the
      charges for the right to reproduce the imported goods in the country
      of importation shall not be added to the price actually paid or
      payable for the imported goods in determining the customs value.          H
388            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                          [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           Further payments made by the buyer for the right to distribute or
            resell the imported goods shall not be added to the price actually
            paid or payable for the imported goods if such payments are not a
            condition of the sale for the exports to the country of importation
            of the imported goods.
B           xxx xxx xxx
            11. What we have now to see is if under the agreement SBI has
            the right to reproduce the imported software and for that purpose
            SBI has paid “royalties and licence fee” which have been added
            to the price actually paid for the imported software for use at the
C           principal place called the Support Centre. If that is so under the
            press note no customs duty is leviable on the royalty so paid. This
            takes us to the relevant terms of the agreement which would
            indicate as to whether or not the royalty/licence fees needed to
            be included in the value of the imported goods.”

D            49. The contention of the State Bank of India that the countrywide
      licence fee paid by it by way of royalty was for the reproduction of the
      said software and was thus exempt from customs duty, was turned down
      by this Court as follows:
            “17. The question that arises for consideration is if licence fee
E           charged towards countrywide use of software in the second
            invoice could be the charges for the right to reproduction and
            were these added to the price actually paid or payable for the
            imported goods. If we refer to the agreement, software is not
            sold to SBI as such but it was to remain the property of Kindle.
            There is no other value of the software indicated in the agreement
F           except the licence fee. Price is payable only for allowing SBI to
            use the software in a limited way at its own centres for a limited
            period and that is why the amount charged is called the licence
            fee. After five years SBI is required to pay only recurring licence
            fee. Countrywide use of the software and reproduction of software
G           are two different things and licence fee for countrywide use cannot
            be considered as the charges for the right to reproduce the imported
            goods. Under the agreement copying, storage, removal, etc. are
            under the strict control of Kindle and all copies are the property
            of Kindle. SBI can use the software for its internal requirements
            only. Licence has been given to SBI to use the property of Kindle
H           at its branches and not for reproduction of the software as claimed
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            389
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      by SBI. The words in the agreement are specific that “SBI shall           A
      pay the licensor the initial licence fee and the recurring licence
      fees for use under the provisions of this agreement”.”
      50. The Court then made an important observation, stating:
      “21. Reproduction and use are two different things. Now under
      the agreement user is specifically limited to licence sites. The          B
      transaction as a whole is to be seen. The press note is of no help
      to SBI. Rule 9(1)(c) and the interpretative note thereto did not
      apply as nothing was added to the price actually paid for the
      imported goods by way of royalties etc. Refund would be allowable
      only if there was something added on to the royalty payment which         C
      was not in the present case. The invoice originally presented was
      complete in itself. The second invoice was not filed along with the
      bill of entry. In the second invoice also it is the licence fee for the
      right to use countrywide and it is not the right to reproduce as
      claimed by SBI. Schedule I to the agreement is module and copies
      are modalities for the use of software by SBI with various                D
      restrictions. If we again refer to clause 6.4 of the agreement there
      is a complete restraint on SBI which says SBI shall not use, print,
      copy, reproduce or disclose the software or documentation in whole
      or in part except as is expressly permitted by the agreement nor
      shall SBI permit any of the foregoing. SBI is also barred from            E
      allowing access to its software or documentation except what is
      permitted under the agreement. Again SBI is barred from selling,
      charging or otherwise making the software or documentation
      available to any person except what is expressly permitted under
      the agreement. Clause 6.5 of the agreement says that SBI shall
      not copy or permit copying of the software supplied to it by Kindle       F
      save as may be strictly required for delivery to licence sites. The
      terms of the agreement also apply to the copies.”
                                                        (emphasis supplied)
      Though this judgment has been delivered under the Customs Act
1962, yet the important differentiation made between the right to               G
reproduce and the right to use computer software has been recognized
by this judgment. Whereas the former would amount to a parting of
copyright by the owner thereof, the latter would not.
     51. An argument was advanced by the learned Additional Solicitor
General that in some of the aforestated EULAs, it was clearly stated            H
390             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     that what was licensed to the distributor/end-user by the non-resident,
      foreign supplier would not amount to a sale, thereby making it clear that
      what was transferred was not goods. This argument has no legs to stand
      on. It is settled law that in all such cases, the real nature of the transaction
      must be looked at upon reading the agreement as a whole. Thus, in
      Sundaram Finance Ltd. v. State of Kerala, (1966) 2 SCR 828, one
B
      of the questions that was raised before this Court was as to the execution
      of a “sale letter” acknowledging the sale of a vehicle. This “sale letter”
      was dealt with by the Court as follows:
             “The appellants are financiers and their business is to advance
             loans on favourable terms on the security of vehicles. This is
C            effected by obtaining a promissory-note for repayment of the
             amount advanced, and a hire-purchase agreement which provides
             a mechanism for recovery of the amount. It is true that a “sale
             letter” is obtained from the customer, but the consideration for
             the sale letter is only the balance remaining payable to the dealer,
D            after giving credit against the price of the vehicle the amount paid
             by the customer. The application for a loan, and the letter addressed
             to the appellants undertaking to insure the vehicle expressly
             mention that a loan is asked for and granted on the security of the
             motor-vehicle under the hire- purchase agreement. It is the
             customer who insures the vehicle, and in the books of the Motor
E            Vehicle Authorities he remains, with the consent of the appellants,
             owner of the vehicle. Undue importance to the acknowledgment
             of sale in the “sale letter” and the recital of sale in the bill and in
             the receipt cannot therefore be attached. These documents —
             “sale letter”, bill and receipt — must be read with the application
F            for granting a loan on the security of the vehicles, the letter in
             which the customer requests the appellants to pay the balance of
             the price remaining to be paid by him to the dealer, the promissory-
             note executed by him for that amount, the undertaking to insure
             the vehicle, and intimation to the Motor Vehicles Authorities to
             make note of the hire- purchase agreement.”
G
                                                                         (page 839)
             “The true effect of a transaction may be determined from the
             terms of the agreement considered in the light of the surrounding
             circumstances. In each case, the Court has, unless prohibited by
             statute, power to go behind the documents and to determine the
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        391
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    nature of the transaction, whatever may be the form of the              A
    documents. An owner of goods who purports absolutely to convey
    or acknowledges to have conveyed goods and subsequently
    purports to hire them under a hire-purchase agreement is not
    estopped from proving that the real bargain was a loan on the
    security of the goods. If there is a bona fide and completed sale
                                                                            B
    of goods, evidenced by documents, anterior to and independent of
    a subsequent and distinct hiring to the vendor, the transaction may
    not be regarded as a loan transaction, even though the reason for
    which it was entered into was to raise money. If the real transaction
    is a loan of money secured by a right of seizure of the goods, the
    property ostensibly passes under the documents embodying the            C
    transaction, but subject to the terms of the hiring agreement, which
    become part of the buyer’s title, and confer a licence to seize.
    When a person desiring to purchase goods and not having sufficient
    money on hand borrows the amount needed from a third person
    and pays it over to the vendor, the transaction between the customer
    and the lender will unquestionably be a loan transaction. The real      D
    character of the transaction would not be altered if the lender
    himself is the owner of the goods and the owner accepts the
    promise of the purchaser to pay the price or the balance remaining
    due against delivery of goods. But a hire- purchase agreement is
    a more complex transaction. The owner under the hire-purchase           E
    agreement enters into a transaction of hiring out goods on the
    terms and conditions set out in the agreement, and the option to
    purchase exercisable by the customer on payment of all the
    instalments of hire arises when the instalments are paid and not
    before. In such a hire-purchase agreement there is no agreement
    to buy goods; the hirer being under no legal obligation to buy, has     F
    an option either to return the goods or to become its owner by
    payment in full of the stipulated hire and the price for exercising
    the option. This class of hire- purchase agreements must be
    distinguished from transactions in which the customer is the owner
    of the goods and with a view to finance his purchase he enters          G
    into an arrangement which is in the form of a hire-purchase
    agreement with the financier, but in substance evidences a loan
    transaction, subject to a hiring agreement under which the lender
    is given the license to seize the goods.”
                                                         (pages 841-842)
                                                     (emphasis supplied)    H
392             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           “In the light of these principles the true nature of the transactions
            of the appellants may now be stated. The appellants are carrying
            on the business of financiers: they are not dealing in motor-vehicles.
            The motor-vehicle purchased by the customer is registered in the
            name of the customer and remains at all material times so
            registered in his name. In the letter taken from the customer under
B
            which the latter agrees to keep the vehicle insured, it is expressly
            recited that the vehicle has been given as security for the loan
            advanced by the appellants. As a security for repayment of the
            loan, the customer executes a promissory- note for the amount
            paid by the appellants to the dealer of the vehicle. The so-called
C           “sale letter” is a formal document which is not made effective by
            registering the vehicle in the name of the appellants and even the
            insurance of the vehicle has to be effected as if the customer is
            the owner. Their right to seize the vehicle is merely a licence to
            ensure compliance with the terms of the hire-purchase agreement.
            The customer remains qua the world at large the owner and
D
            remains in possession, and on condition of performing the
            covenants, has a right to continue to remain in possession. The
            right of the appellants may be extinguished by payment of the
            amount due to them under the terms of the hire- purchase
            agreement even before the dates fixed for payment. The
E           agreement undoubtedly contains several onerous covenants, but
            they are all intended to secure to the appellants recovery of the
            amount advanced. We are accordingly of the view that the intention
            of the appellants in obtaining the hire-purchase and the allied
            agreements was to secure the return of loans advanced to their
            customers, and no real sale of the vehicle was intended by the
F
            customer to the appellants. The transactions were merely financing
            transactions.”
            (page 844)
             52. There can be no doubt as to the real nature of the transactions
G     in the appeals before us. What is “licensed” by the foreign, non-resident
      supplier to the distributor and resold to the resident end-user, or directly
      supplied to the resident end-user, is in fact the sale of a physical object
      which contains an embedded computer programme, and is therefore, a
      sale of goods, which, as has been correctly pointed out by the learned
      counsel for the assessees, is the law declared by this Court in the context
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          393
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

of a sales tax statute in Tata Consultancy Services v. State of A.P.,         A
2005 (1) SCC 308 (see paragraph 27).
    APPLICABILITY OF THE DOUBLE TAXATION
AVOIDANCE AGREEMENT’S PROVISIONS
       53. The learned Additional Solicitor General sought to reopen a
contention made by the Revenue in the earlier round of litigation in GE       B
Technology (supra) which led to this Court framing the question of law
and sending it back to the High Court to decide “on merits”. He sought
to argue, based in particular on Article 30 of the India-USA DTAA, that
the DTAA’s provisions in these cases would not apply at all, inasmuch
as provisions relatable to deduction of TDS under section 195 of the          C
Income Tax Act do not refer to tax at all, but are deductions that are to
be made before assessments to tax are made. He argued that these
deductions do not partake the character of tax at all, section 195 of the
Income Tax Act speaking of “any person responsible to pay”, as opposed
to an “assessee”. He therefore differentiated between the language used
in section 9 and section 195 of the Income Tax Act and argued that the        D
deductions made under section 195, not being in the nature of tax at all
and at a stage prior to the person responsible for paying defaulting, and
being declared an assessee in default (under section 201 of the Income
Tax Act), the DTAA provisions would not apply at all.
       54. There is no doubt that section 9 of the Income Tax Act refers      E
to persons who are non-residents and taxes their income as income
which is deemed to accrue or arise in India, thus, making such persons
assessees under the Income Tax Act, who are liable to pay tax. There is
also no doubt that the “person responsible for paying” spoken of in section
195 of the Income Tax Act is not a non-resident assessee, but a person        F
resident in India, who is liable to make deductions under section 195 of
the Income Tax Act when payments are made by it to the non-resident
assessee. The submission of the learned Additional Solicitor General is
answered by the judgment of this Court in GE Technology (supra).
This judgment, after setting out section 195 of the Income Tax Act, held:
                                                                              G
      “8. The most important expression in Section 195(1) consists of
      the words chargeable under the provisions of the Act. A person
      paying interest or any other sum to a non- resident is not liable to
      deduct tax if such sum is not chargeable to tax under the IT Act.
      For instance, where there is no obligation on the part of the payer
      and no right to receive the sum by the recipient and that the           H
394      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     payment does not arise out of any contract or obligation between
      the payer and the recipient but is made voluntarily, such payments
      cannot be regarded as income under the IT Act.
      9. It may be noted that Section 195 contemplates not merely
      amounts, the whole of which are pure income payments, it also
B     covers composite payments which have an element of income
      embedded or incorporated in them. Thus, where an amount is
      payable to a non-resident, the payer is under an obligation to deduct
      TAS in respect of such composite payments. The obligation to
      deduct TAS is, however, limited to the appropriate proportion of
      income chargeable under the Act forming part of the gross sum
C     of money payable to the non-resident. This obligation being limited
      to the appropriate proportion of income flows from the words
      used in Section 195(1), namely, “chargeable under the provisions
      of the Act”. It is for this reason that vide Circular No. 728 dated
      30-10-1995 CBDT has clarified that the tax deductor can take
D     into consideration the effect of DTAA in respect of payment of
      royalties and technical fees while deducting TAS. It may also be
      noted that Section 195(1) is in identical terms with Section 18(3-
      B) of the 1922 Act.
                  xxx xxx xxx
E     11. While deciding the scope of Section 195(2) it is important to
      note that the tax which is required to be deducted at source is
      deductible only out of the chargeable sum. This is the underlying
      principle of Section 195. Hence, apart from Section 9(1), Sections
      4, 5, 9, 90, 91 as well as the provisions of DTAA are also relevant,
      while applying tax deduction at source provisions.
F
                xxx xxx xxx
      13. If the contention of the Department that the moment there is
      remittance the obligation to deduct TAS arises is to be accepted
      then we are obliterating the words “chargeable under the provisions
      of the Act” in Section 195(1). The said expression in Section 195(1)
G
      shows that the remittance has got to be of a trading receipt, the
      whole or part of which is liable to tax in India. The payer is bound
      to deduct TAS only if the tax is assessable in India. If tax is not so
      assessable, there is no question of TAS being deducted. (See Vijay
      Ship Breaking Corpn. v. CIT [(2010) 10 SCC 39 : (2009) 314
H     ITR 309] .)
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                       395
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    14. One more aspect needs to be highlighted. Section 195 falls in      A
    Chapter XVII which deals with collection and recovery. Chapter
    XVII-B deals with deduction at source by the payer. On analysis
    of various provisions of Chapter XVII one finds the use of different
    expressions, however, the expression “sum chargeable under the
    provisions of the Act” is used only in Section 195. For example,
                                                                           B
    Section 194-C casts an obligation to deduct TAS in respect of
    “any sum paid to any resident”. Similarly, Sections 194-EE and
    194-F inter alia provide for deduction of tax in respect of “any
    amount” referred to in the specified provisions. In none of the
    provisions we find the expression “sum chargeable under the
    provisions of the Act”, which as stated above, is an expression        C
    used only in Section 195(1). Therefore, this Court is required to
    give meaning and effect to the said expression. It follows,
    therefore, that the obligation to deduct TAS arises only when there
    is a sum chargeable under the Act.
              xxx xxx xxx                                                  D
    18. If the contention of the Department that any person making
    payment to a non-resident is necessarily required to deduct TAS
    then the consequence would be that the Department would be
    entitled to appropriate the monies deposited by the payer even if
    the sum paid is not chargeable to tax because there is no provision    E
    in the IT Act by which a payer can obtain refund. Section 237
    read with Section 199 implies that only the recipient of the sum
    i.e. the payee could seek a refund. It must therefore follow, if the
    Department is right, that the law requires tax to be deducted on
    all payments. The payer, therefore, has to deduct and pay tax,
    even if the so-called deduction comes out of his own pocket and        F
    he has no remedy whatsoever, even where the sum paid by him is
    not a sum chargeable under the Act. The interpretation of the
    Department, therefore, not only requires the words “chargeable
    under the provisions of the Act” to be omitted, it also leads to an
    absurd consequence. The interpretation placed by the Department        G
    would result in a situation where even when the income has no
    territorial nexus with India or is not chargeable in India, the
    Government would nonetheless collect tax. In our view, Section
    195(2) provides a remedy by which a person may seek a
    determination of the “appropriate proportion of such sum so
                                                                           H
396      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                         [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     chargeable” where a proportion of the sum so chargeable is liable
      to tax.
      xxx xxx xxx
      20. We find no merit in these contentions. As stated hereinabove,
      Section 195(1) uses the expression “sum chargeable under the
B     provisions of the Act”. We need to give weightage to those words.
      Further, Section 195 uses the word “payer” and not the word
      “assessee”. The payer is not an assessee. The payer becomes an
      assessee-in-default only when he fails to fulfil the statutory
      obligation under Section 195(1). If the payment does not contain
C     the element of income the payer cannot be made liable. He cannot
      be declared to be an assessee-in-default.
      21. The abovementioned contention of the Department is based
      on an apprehension which is ill-founded. The payer is also an
      assessee under the ordinary provisions of the IT Act. When the
D     payer remits an amount to a non-resident out of India he claims
      deduction or allowances under the Income Tax Act for the said
      sum as an “expenditure”. Under Section 40(a)(i), inserted vide
      the Finance Act, 1988 w.e.f. 1-4-1989, payment in respect of
      royalty, fees for technical services or other sums chargeable under
      the Income Tax Act would not get the benefit of deduction if the
E     assessee fails to deduct TAS in respect of payments outside India
      which are chargeable under the IT Act. This provision ensures
      effective compliance with Section 195 of the IT Act relating to
      tax deduction at source in respect of payments outside India in
      respect of royalties, fees or other sums chargeable under the IT
F     Act. In a given case where the payer is an assessee he will
      definitely claim deduction under the IT Act for such remittance
      and on inquiry if the AO finds that the sums remitted outside India
      come within the definition of royalty or fees for technical service
      or other sums chargeable under the IT Act then it would be open
      to the AO to disallow such claim for deduction. Similarly, vide the
G     Finance Act, 2008 w.e.f. 1-4-2008 sub-section (6) has been inserted
      in Section 195 which requires the payer to furnish information
      relating to payment of any sum in such form and manner as may
      be prescribed by the Board. This provision is brought into force
      only from 1-4-2008. It will not apply for the period with which we
H     are concerned in these cases before us. Therefore, in our view,
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        397
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    there are adequate safeguards in the Act which would prevent            A
    revenue leakage.
    xxx xxx xxx
    24. In our view, Section 195(2) is based on the “principle of
    proportionality”. The said sub-section gets attracted only in cases
    where the payment made is a composite payment in which a                B
    certain proportion of payment has an element of “income”
    chargeable to tax in India. It is in this context that the Supreme
    Court stated: (Transmission Corpn. case [(1999) 7 SCC 266 :
    (1999) 239 ITR 587], SCC p. 274, para 10)
       “10. … If no such application is filed income tax on such sum        C
       is to be deducted and it is the statutory obligation of the person
       responsible for paying such ‘sum’ to deduct tax thereon before
       making payment. He has to discharge the obligation [to TDS].”
       (emphasis supplied)
                                                                            D
    If one reads the observation of the Supreme Court, the words
    “such sum” clearly indicate that the observation refers to a case
    of composite payment where the payer has a doubt regarding the
    inclusion of an amount in such payment which is exigible to tax in
    India. In our view, the above observations of this Court in
    Transmission Corpn. case [(1999) 7 SCC 266 : (1999) 239 ITR             E
    587] which is put in italics has been completely, with respect,
    misunderstood by the Karnataka High Court to mean that it is not
    open for the payer to contend that if the amount paid by him to the
    non-resident is not at all “chargeable to tax in India”, then no TAS
    is required to be deducted from such payment. This interpretation       F
    of the High Court completely loses sight of the plain words of
    Section 195(1) which in clear terms lays down that tax at source
    is deductible only from “sums chargeable” under the provisions
    of the IT Act i.e. chargeable under Sections 4, 5 and 9 of the IT
    Act.
                                                                            G
    25. Before concluding we may clarify that in the present case on
    facts ITO(TDS) had taken the view that since the sale of the
    software concerned, included a licence to use the same, the
    payment made by the appellant(s) to foreign suppliers constituted
    “royalty” which was deemed to accrue or arise in India and,
    therefore, TAS was liable to be deducted under Section 195(1) of        H
398            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           the Act. The said finding of ITO(TDS) was upheld by CIT(A).
            However, in the second appeal, ITAT held that such sum paid by
            the appellant(s) to the foreign software suppliers was not a “royalty”
            and that the same did not give rise to any “income” taxable in
            India and, therefore, the appellant(s) was not liable to deduct TAS.
            However, the High Court did not go into the merits of the case
B
            and it went straight to conclude that the moment there is remittance
            an obligation to deduct TAS arises, which view stands hereby
            overruled.”
             55. What is made clear by the judgment in GE Technology (supra)
      is the fact that the “person” spoken of in section 195(1) of the Income
C     Tax Act is liable to make the necessary deductions only if the non-resident
      is liable to pay tax as an assessee under the Income Tax Act, and not
      otherwise. This judgment also clarifies, after referring to CBDT Circular
      No.728 dated 30.10.1995, that the tax deductor must take into
      consideration the effect of the DTAA provisions. The crucial link,
D     therefore, is that a deduction is to be made only if tax is payable by the
      non-resident assessee, which is underscored by this judgment, stating
      that the charging and machinery provisions contained in sections 9 and
      195 of the Income Tax Act are interlinked.
            56. This conclusion is also echoed in Vodafone International
E     Holdings BV v. Union of India, (2012) 6 SCC 613, wherein the
      following observations were made on the scope and applicability of
      section 195 of the Income Tax Act:
            “171. Section 195 casts an obligation on the payer to deduct tax
            at source (“TAS”, for short) from payments made to non- residents
F           which payments are chargeable to tax. Such payment(s) must
            have an element of income embedded in it which is chargeable to
            tax in India. If the sum paid or credited by the payer is not
            chargeable to tax then no obligation to deduct the tax would arise.
            Shareholding in companies incorporated outside India (CGP) is
            property located outside India. Where such shares become subject-
G           matter of offshore transfer between two non-residents, there is
            no liability for capital gains tax. In such a case, question of deduction
            of TAS would not arise.
            172. If in law the responsibility for payment is on a non- resident,
            the fact that the payment was made, under the instructions of the
H           non-resident, to its agent/nominee in India or its PE/Branch Office
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            399
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      will not absolve the payer of his liability under Section 195 to          A
      deduct TAS. Section 195(1) casts a duty upon the payer of any
      income specified therein to a non-resident to deduct therefrom
      TAS unless such payer is himself liable to pay income tax thereon
      as an agent of the payee. Section 201 says that if such person
      fails to so deduct TAS he shall be deemed to be an assessee-in-
                                                                                B
      default in respect of the deductible amount of tax (Section 201).
      173. Liability to deduct tax is different from “assessment” under
      the Act. Thus, the person on whom the obligation to deduct TAS
      is cast is not the person who has earned the income. Assessment
      has to be done after liability to deduct TAS has arisen. The object
      of Section 195 is to ensure that tax due from non-resident persons        C
      is secured at the earliest point of time so that there is no difficulty
      in collection of tax subsequently at the time of regular assessment.”
                                                       (emphasis supplied)
       57. The absurd consequence that the resident in India, after making      D
the deduction/payment, would not then get any excess payment made
by way of refund when regular assessment takes place, as the non-
resident assessee alone would be entitled to such refund, is also pointed
out in paragraph 18 of the judgment in GE Technology (supra). It was
after keeping all this in view that this Court then set aside the judgment
of the High Court of Karnataka dated 24.09.2009 and remanded the                E
case to the High Court for a decision of the question “on merits”, i.e., on
the sole question as to whether the ITAT was justified in holding that the
amounts paid by the appellants to the foreign software suppliers did not
amount to royalty, as a result of which, no liability to deduct TDS arose.
       58. Even otherwise, a look at Article 12(2) of the India-Singapore       F
DTAA would demonstrate the fallacy of the aforesaid submission of the
learned Additional Solicitor General. Under Article 12(2) of the India-
Singapore DTAA, royalties may be taxed in the Contracting State in
which they arise (India) and according to the laws of that Contracting
State (Indian laws), if the recipient is a beneficial owner of the royalties,   G
and the tax so charged is capped at the rate of 10% or 15%. If the
learned Additional Solicitor General is correct in his submission, as the
DTAA would then not apply, royalty would be liable to be taxed in India
at the rate mentioned in the Income Tax Act which can be much higher
than the DTAA rate, as a result of which, the deduction made under
section 195 of the Income Tax Act by the “person responsible” would             H
400             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     have to be a proportion of a much higher sum than the tax that is ultimately
      payable by the non-resident assessee. This equally absurd result cannot
      be countenanced given the fact that the person liable to deduct tax is
      only liable to deduct tax first and foremost if the non- resident person is
      liable to pay tax, and second, that if so liable, is then liable to deduct tax
      depending on the rate mentioned in the DTAA.
B
             59. Further, tearing an article of a specific DTAA, namely Article
      30 of the India-USA DTAA, out of context in order to buttress his
      submission, in a manner far removed from the actual rationale behind
      that provision, does not commend itself to us.
C           59. i) Article 30 of the India-USA DTAA, relied upon by the
      learned Additional Solicitor General, reads:
             “1. Each Contracting State shall notify the other Contracting State
             in writing, through diplomatic channels, upon the completion of
             their respective legal procedures to bring this Convention into force.
D            2. The Convention shall enter into force on the date of the latter
             of such notifications and its provisions shall have effect:
                 (a) in the United States
                     (i) in respect of taxes withheld at source, for amounts paid
                     or credited on or after the first day of January next following
E                    the date on which the Convention enters into force;
                     (ii) in respect of other taxes, for taxable periods beginning
                     on or after the first day of January next following the date
                     on which the Convention enters into force; and
                 (b) in India, in respect of income arising in any taxable year
F                beginning on or after the first day of April next following the
                 calendar year in which the Convention enters into force.”
            59. ii) By way of contrast, under the Convention between the
      Republic of India and the Kingdom of Netherlands for the Avoidance of
      Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to
G     Taxes on Income and on Capital,32 [“India-Netherlands DTAA”],
      Article 29 reads:
             “1. Each of the States shall notify to the other the completion of
             the procedures required by its law for the bringing into force of
      32
        Notification No. GSR 382(E), dated 27-3-1989, as amended by Notification No.
H     S.O. 693(E), dated 30-8-1999.
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                 401
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       this Convention. This Convention shall enter into force on the                 A
       thirtieth day after the latter of the dates on which the respective
       Governments have notified each other in writing that the formalities
       constitutionally required in their respective States have been
       complied with, and its provisions shall have effect:
           (a) in the Netherlands for taxable years and periods beginning             B
           on or after the first day of January next following the calendar
           year in which the latter of the notifications is given;
           (b) in India in respect of income arising in any fiscal year
           beginning on or after the first day of April next following the
           calendar year in which the latter of the notifications is given.           C
       2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, the provisions
       of Article 8 shall have effect:
           (a) in the Netherlands for taxable years and periods beginning
           on or after the first day of January, 1987;
           (b) in India in respect of income arising in any fiscal year               D
           beginning on or after the first day of April, 1987.”
       59. iii) Under the Convention between the Government of Japan
and the Government of the Republic of India for the Avoidance of Double
Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on
Income,33 [“India-Japan DTAA”] Article 28 is set out in the following                 E
terms:
       “1. This Convention shall be ratified and the instruments of
       ratification shall be exchanged at Tokyo as soon as possible.
       2. This Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day after
       the date of the exchange of instruments of ratification and shall              F
       have effect :
           (a) In Japan : as regards income for any taxable year beginning
           on or after the first day of January of the calendar year next
           following that in which this Convention enters into force; and
                                                                                      G
           (b) in India : as regards income for any ‘previous year’
           beginning on or after the first day of April of the calendar year
           next following that in which this Convention enters into force.
33
  Notification : No. GSR 101(E), dated 1-3-1990, as amended by Notification Nos. SO
753(E), dated 16-8-2000 (w.r.e.f. 1-10-1999), SO 1136(E), dated 19-7-2006, w.r.e.f.
28- 6-2006 and SO 2528(E), dated 8-10-2008, w.e.f. 1-10-2008.                         H
402             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            3. The Agreement between Japan and India for the Avoidance of
             Double Taxation in respect of Taxes on Income signed at New
             Delhi on January 5, 1960 shall terminate and cease to have effect
             in respect of income to which this Convention applies under the
             provisions of paragraph 2.”
B            59. iv) Under the Convention between the Government of the
      Republic of India and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great
      Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and
      the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and
      Capital Gains,34 [“India-UK DTAA”] Article 30 reads as follows:
C            (1) Each of the Contracting States shall notify to the other the
             completion of the procedures required by its law for the bringing
             into force of this Convention. This Convention shall enter into
             force on the date of the later of these notifications and shall
             thereupon have effect:

D               (a) in the United Kingdom:
                    (i) in respect of income tax and capital gains tax, for any
                    year of assessment beginning on or after 6th April in the
                    calendar year next following that in which the later of the
                    notifications is given;
E                   (ii) in respect of corporation tax, for any financial year
                    beginning on or after 1st April in the calendar year next
                    following that in which the later of the notifications is given;
                    (iii) in respect of petroleum revenue tax, for any chargeable
                    period beginning on or after 1st January in the calendar
F                   year next following that in which the later of the notifications
                    is given;
                (b) in India, in respect of income arising in any fiscal year
                beginning on or after the first day of April next following the
                calendar year in which the later of the notifications is given.
G            (2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Article, the
             Convention between the Government of the United Kingdom of
             Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of India
             for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal
      34
        GSR 91(E), dated 11-2-1994, as amended by Notification No. 10/2014 [F.No. 505/
H     1986 FTD-I], dated 10-2-2014.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                  403
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains signed               A
       in New Delhi on 16th April 1981 (hereinafter referred to as “the
       1981 Convention”) shall terminate and cease to be effective from
       the date upon which this Convention has effect in respect of the
       taxes to which this Convention applies in accordance with the
       provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article.
                                                                                      B
       (3) Where any provisions of the 1981 Convention would have
       afforded any greater relief from tax than is due under this
       Convention, any such provision as aforesaid shall continue to have
       effect: (a) in the United Kingdom, for any year of assessment or
       financial year; and (b) in India, for any fiscal year; beginning, in
       either case, before the entry into force of this Convention.”                  C

      59. v) Article 28 of the Agreement between the Government of
the Republic of India and the Government of the People’s Republic of
China for the Elimination of Double Taxation with respect to Taxes on
Income and the Prevention of Tax Evasion and Avoidance,35 [“India-
China DTAA”], is again worded differently, as follows:                                D

       “This Agreement shall enter into force on the thirtieth day after
       the date on which diplomatic notes indicating the completion of
       internal legal procedures necessary in each country for the entry
       into force of this Agreement have been exchanged. This Agreement
       shall have effect :                                                            E

           (a) in China, in respect of income arising in any taxable year
           beginning on or after the first day of January next following
           the calendar year in which this Agreement enters into force;
           (b) in India, in respect of income arising in any previous year            F
           beginning on or after the first day of April next following the
           calendar year in which this Agreement enters into force.”
       60. Obviously, the logic behind Article 30 of the India-USA DTAA
is for reasons connected with USA’s municipal taxation laws, and has
nothing to do with Indian municipal law governing the liability of persons
                                                                                      G
to deduct tax at source under section 195 of the Income Tax Act. This is
reinforced by the fact that the OECD Commentary on Articles 30 and
31 acknowledges the fact that the “entry into force” provisions, unlike
the rest of the provisions in the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income
35
   Notification No. GSR 331(E), dated 5-4-1995, as amended by Notification No. S.O.
2562(E) [No.54/2019/F.No. 503/02/2008-FTD-II], dated 17-7-2019.                       H
404                SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     and on Capital, depend on the domestic laws of Contracting States, as
      follows:
                “COMMENTARY ON ARTICLES 30 AND 31
                CONCERNING THE ENTRY INTO FORCE AND THE
                TERMINATION OF THE CONVENTION
B               xxx xxx xxx
                3. It is open to Contracting States to agree that the Convention
                shall enter into force when a specified period has elapsed after
                the exchange of the instruments of ratification or after the
                confirmation that each State has completed the procedures
C               required for such entry into force.
             4. No provisions have been drafted as to the date on which the
             Convention shall have effect or cease to have effect, since such
             provisions would largely depend on the domestic laws of the
             Contracting States concerned. Some of the States assess tax on
D            the income received during the current year, others on the income
             received during the previous year, others again have a fiscal year
             which differs from the calendar year. Furthermore, some
             conventions provide, as regards taxes levied by deduction at the
             source, a date for the application or termination which differs
             from the date applying to taxes levied by assessment.”
E
                                                           (emphasis supplied)
             61. For all these reasons, we do not permit the learned Additional
      Solicitor General to have a second bite at the same cherry, albeit through
      the ingenious argument made by him based on Article 30 of the India-
      USA DTAA.
F
          DEFINITION OF ROYALTY IN THE DTAAs VIS-À-VIS
      THE INCOME TAX ACT
            62. In order to ascertain whether the question which was posed
      by this Court in GE Technology (supra) was correctly answered by
      the High Court of Karnataka vide the impugned judgment dated
G
      15.10.2011,36 the first expression that has to be considered by us is the
      expression “royalty”.
            63. Firstly, it will be seen that when Article 12 of the India-
      Singapore DTAA defines the term “royalties” in sub-article (3) thereof,
H     36
           CIT v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., (2012) 345 ITR 494.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                              405
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

it does so stating that such definition is exhaustive – it uses the expression    A
“means”. Secondly, the term “royalties” refers to payments of any kind
that are received as a consideration for the use of or the right to use any
copyright in a literary work. As opposed to this, the definition contained
in explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, is wider in
at least three respects:
                                                                                  B
      i.     It speaks of “consideration”, but also includes a lump-sum
             consideration which would not amount to income of the
             recipient chargeable under the head “capital gains”;
      ii.    When it speaks of the transfer of “all or any rights”, it
             expressly includes the granting of a licence in respect thereof;     C
             and
      iii.   It states that such transfer must be “in respect of” any
             copyright of any literary work.
        64. However, even where such transfer is “in respect of”
copyright, the transfer of all or any rights in relation to copyright is a sine   D
qua non under explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
Act. In short, there must be transfer by way of licence or otherwise, of
all or any of the rights mentioned in section 14(b) read with section 14(a)
of the Copyright Act.
       65. In State of Madras v. Swastik Tobacco Factory, (1966) 3                E
SCR 79, this Court construed the words “in respect of” used in rule
5(1)(i) of the Madras General Sales Tax (Turnover and Assessment)
Rules 1939, as follows:
       “The House of Lords in Inland Revenue Commissioners v. Coutts
       & Co. [(1963) 2 All ER 722, 732], in the context of payment of             F
       estate duty, construed the words “in respect of” in Section 5(2) of
       the Finance Act, 1894 (57 & 58 Vict, c. 30) and observed that the
       phrase denoted some imprecise kind of nexus between the property
       and the estate duty. The House of Lords in Asher v. Seaford
       Court Estates Ltd. [LR 1950 AC 608] in construing the provisions
                                                                                  G
       of Section 2, sub- section (3) of Increase of Rent and Mortgage
       Interest (Restrictions) Act, 1920 (10 & 11 Geo. 5, c. 17), held that
       the expression “in respect of” must be read as equivalent to
       “attributable”. The Privy Council in Bicher Ltd. v. CIT [(1962) 3
       All ER 294] observed that the said words could mean more than
       “consisting of” or “namely”.                                               H
406            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           It is not necessary to refer to other decisions. It may be accepted
            that the said expression received a wide interpretation, having
            regard to the object of the provisions and the setting in which the
            said words appeared. On the other hand, Indian tax laws use the
            expression “in respect of” as synonymous with the expression
            “on”: see Article 288 of the Constitution of India; Section 3 of the
B
            Indian Income Tax Act, 1922; Sections 3(2) and 3(5), Second
            Proviso, of the Madras General Sales Tax Act, 1939; Section 3(1-
            A) of the Central Excise and Salt Act, 1944; and Section 9 of the
            Kerala Sales Tax Act. We should not be understood to have
            construed the said provisions, but only have referred to them to
C           state the legislative practice. Consistent with the said practice,
            Rule 5(1)(i) of the Rules uses the same expression. When the
            said Rule says “excise duty paid in respect of the goods”, the
            excise duty referred to is the excise duty paid under Section 3(1),
            read with the Schedule of the Central Excises and Salt Act, 1944
            (1 of 1944). Under the said Section, read with the Schedule, excise
D
            duty is levied on the goods described in the Schedule. Therefore,
            when Rule 5(1)(i) of the Rules refers to the duty paid in respect
            of the goods to the Central Government, it necessarily refers to
            the duty paid on the goods mentioned in the Schedule. As the duty
            exempted from the gross turnover is the duty so paid under the
E           Central Act, read with the Schedule, the expression “in respect
            of” in the context can only mean excise duty paid on goods. In
            our view, the expression “in respect of the goods” in Rule 5(1)(i)
            of the Rules means only “on the goods”. Even if the word
            “attributable” is substituted for the words “in respect of”, the result
            will not be different, for the duty paid shall be attributable to the
F
            goods. If it was paid on the raw material it can be attributable
            only to raw material and not to the goods. We, therefore, hold that
            only excise duty paid on the goods sold by the assessee is deductible
            from the gross turnover under Rule 5(1)(i) of the Rules.”
                                                                   (pages 82-83)
G
                                                             (emphasis supplied)
             66. The aforesaid meaning accords with the meaning to be given
      to the expression “in respect of” contained in explanation 2(v) to section
      9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act.
H
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          407
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

          ROYALTY UNDER THE INCOME TAX ACT                                     A
       67. The insertion of sub-sections (v), (vi) and (vii) in section 9(1)
of the Income Tax Act, by way of an amendment through the Finance
Act 1976,37 was to introduce source-based taxation for income in the
hands of a non-resident by way of interest, royalty and fees for technical
services. In Carborandum & Co. v. CIT, (1977) 2 SCC 862, this                  B
Court, applying residence-based rules of taxation, held that the technical
service fees received by the non-resident assessee (relatable to the
assessment year 1957-1958) could only be deemed to accrue in India if
such income could be attributed to a business connection in India. In the
facts of that case, since no part of the foreign assessee’s operations
were carried on in India, the technical services being rendered wholly in      C
foreign territory, it was held that no part of the technical service fees
received by the foreign assessee accrued in India.
      68. This position of law was altered by the Finance Act 1976,
which introduced a “source-rule” to tax income by way of royalty in the
hands of a non-resident, noted in the Memorandum explaining the                D
provisions of the Finance Bill 1976, as follows:
      38. “Source rule” regarding place of accrual of income by
      way of interest, royalty and fees for technical services. - A
      non-resident taxpayer is chargeable to tax in India in respect of
      income from whatever source derived which is received or is              E
      deemed to be received in India or which accrues or arises or is
      deemed to accrue or arise to him in India. The existing provisions
      in the Income-tax Act which provide that certain incomes will be
      deemed to accrue or arise in India are couched in general language.
      The absence of a clear- cut source rule sometimes creates
      uncertainty about the chargeability of certain types of incomes in       F
      the case of non- residents. In order to avoid any doubt or dispute
      in regard to the accrual of income by way of interest, royalty and
      fees for technical services in the case of non-residents, it is
      proposed to make certain provisions in the Income-tax Act clearly
      specifying the circumstances in which such income shall be               G
      deemed to accrue or arise in India.
      xxx xxx xxx
      40. Income by way of royalty payable by the Government will be
      deemed to accrue or arise in India. Royalty payable by a person
37
     Act 66 of 1976, (w.e.f 1-6-1976).                                         H
408                SUPREME COURT REPORTS                               [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A               who is resident in India will also be deemed to accrue or arise in
                India, except in cases where the royalty is payable for the transfer
                of any right or the use of any property or information or for utilising
                the services of the recipient for the purposes of a business or
                profession carried on outside India or for the purposes of making
                or earning any income from a source outside India. Royalty payable
B
                by a non-resident will be deemed to accrue or arise in India only
                in cases where the royalty is payable in respect of any right,
                property or information used or services utilised for the purposes
                of a business or profession carried on by the non- resident in India
                or for the purposes of making or earning any income from any
C               source in India.”
              69. Consequently, section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act was
      brought into force. The definition of royalty contained in explanation
      2(v) of section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act includes the transfer of
      all or any rights (including the granting of a licence) “in respect of any
D     copyright, literary, artistic or scientific work”.
             70. The comma after the word “copyright” does not fit as copyright
      is obviously spoken of as existing in a literary, artistic or scientific work.
      As a matter of fact, this drafting error was rectified in the Draft Taxes
      Code 2010,38 under Chapter XIX in Part H thereof, which set out the
E     definition of “royalty” as follows:
                 “PART H - CHAPTER XIX INTERPRETATIONS AND
                                        CONSTRUCTIONS
                           xxx xxx xxx
                (314)(220) “royalty” means consideration (including any lump-
F               sum consideration but excluding any consideration which would
                be the income of the recipient chargeable under the head “Capital
                gains”) for—
                           xxx xxx xxx
                    (g) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a
G                   licence) in respect of — (i) any copyright of literary, artistic or
                    scientific work; (ii) cinematographic films or work on films,
                    tapes or any other means of reproduction; or (iii) live coverage
                    of any event”
                                                                 (emphasis supplied)
H     38
           This Code has, however, remained in draft form and was never enacted.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           409
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       71. The transfer of “all or any rights (including the granting of a     A
licence) in respect of any copyright”, in the context of computer software,
is referable to sections 14(a), 14(b) and 30 of the Copyright Act. As has
been held hereinabove, the expression “in respect of” is equivalent to
“in” or “attributable to”. Thus, explanation 2(v) to section 9(1)(vi) of
the Income Tax Act, when it speaks of “all of any rights…in respect of
                                                                               B
copyright” is certainly more expansive than the DTAA provision, which
speaks of the “use of, or the right to use” any copyright. This has been
recognised by the High Court of Delhi in CIT v. DCM Limited, ITA
Nos. 87-89/1992 in its judgment dated 10.03.2011, as follows:
      “9. A bare perusal of Article XIII(3) would show that the
      expression “payments of any kind” is circumscribed by the latter         C
      part of the definition which speaks of consideration received
      (including in the form of rentals) for “use of” or “right to use”
      intellectual properties. The Tribunal, in our view, rightly observed
      that the CIT(A) had erred in coming to the conclusion that the
      expression “payments of any kind” was broad enough to include            D
      even an outright sale. To drive home this point the Tribunal, once
      again, has correctly drawn a distinction between the definition of
      royalty as appearing in the DTAA and that which finds mention in
      explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the I.T. Act. A perusal of the
      provisions of the said explanation would show that it brings within
      the ambit of royalty a wider range of transactions which would           E
      include payments made for “transfer of all” or “any right” in patents,
      inventions, model, design, etc. apart from payments based for use
      of such right, patent, innovation, model, design, secret formula or
      process or trade mark or similar property. As a matter of fact, a
      perusal of clause (i) of explanation 2 of section 9(1)(vi) of the        F
      I.T. Act would show that “transfer of all” or “any right” could
      take place by execution of licences as well, which was the
      methodology adopted by Tate and the assessee in the present
      case…”
       72. However, when it comes to the expression “use of, or the            G
right to use”, the same position would obtain under explanation 2(v) of
section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, inasmuch as, there must, under
the licence granted or sale made, be a transfer of any of the rights
contained in sections 14(a) or 14(b) of the Copyright Act, for explanation
2(v) to apply. To this extent, there will be no difference in the position
                                                                               H
410             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     between the definition of “royalties” in the DTAAs and the definition of
      “royalty” in explanation 2(v) of section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
      Act.
             73. Even if we were to consider the ambit of “royalty” only under
      the Income Tax Act on the footing that none of the DTAAs apply to the
B     facts of these cases, the definition of royalty that is contained in
      explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act would make it
      clear that there has to be a transfer of “all or any rights’’ which includes
      the grant of a licence in respect of any copyright in a literary work. The
      expression “including the granting of a licence” in clause (v) of
      explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, would
C     necessarily mean a licence in which transfer is made of an interest in
      rights “in respect of” copyright, namely, that there is a parting with an
      interest in any of the rights mentioned in section 14(b) read with section
      14(a) of the Copyright Act. To this extent, there will be no difference
      between the position under the DTAA and explanation 2 to section
D     9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act.
             74. However, the learned Additional Solicitor General presses the
      application of the amendment made vide the Finance Act 2012 with
      retrospective effect from 01.06.1976, which added explanation 4 to
      section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act.
E            75. The Memorandum explaining the provisions in the Finance
      Bill 2012 states:
            “Section 9(1)(vi) provides that any income payable by way of
            royalty in respect of any right, property or information is deemed
            to be accruing or arising in India. The term “royalty” has been
F           defined in Explanation 2 which means consideration received or
            receivable for transfer of all or any right in respect of certain
            rights, property or information. Some judicial decisions have
            interpreted this definition in a manner which has raised doubts as
            to whether consideration for use of computer software is royalty
G           or not; whether the right, property or information has to be used
            directly by the payer or is to be located in India or control or
            possession of it has to be with the payer. Similarly, doubts have
            been raised regarding the meaning of the term processed.
            Considering the conflicting decisions of various courts in respect
            of income in nature of royalty and to restate the legislative intent,
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          411
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      it is further proposed to amend the Income Tax Act in following         A
      manner:-
         (i) To amend Section 9(1)(vi) to clarify that the consideration
         for use or right to use of computer software is royalty by
         clarifying that transfer of all or any rights in respect of any
         right, property or information as mentioned in Explanation 2,        B
         includes and has always included transfer of all or any right
         for use or right to use a computer software (including granting
         of a licence) irrespective of the medium through which such
         right is transferred.
         (ii) To amend section 9(1)(vi) to clarify that royalty includes      C
         and has always included consideration in respect of any right,
         property or information, whether or not
             (a) The possession or control of such right, property or
             information is with the payer;
             (b) Such right, property or information is used directly by      D
             the payer;
             (c) The location of such right, property or information is in
             India
         (iii) To amend section 9(1)(vi) to clarify that the term “process”
                                                                              E
         includes and shall be deemed to have always included
         transmission by satellite (including up-linking, amplification,
         conversion for down-linking of any signal), cable, optic fibre or
         by any other similar technology, whether or not such process
         is secret.
                                                                              F
      These amendments will take effect retrospectively from 1st June,
1976 and will accordingly apply in relation to the assessment year 1977-
78 and subsequent assessment years.”
       76. Shri Pardiwala argued that explanation 4, that was inserted
with retrospective effect, uses the language that is contained in section
9(1)(vi)(b) of the Income Tax Act, namely, that the expression “any           G
right, property or information” occurring in section 9(1)(vi)(b) alone is
the subject matter of explanation 4, explanation 4 not expanding the
scope of the definition of royalty contained in explanation 2, which
does not contain the aforesaid expression. A reference to the
Memorandum explaining the provisions in the Finance Bill 2012 set out         H
412             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     hereinabove, would make it clear that the expression “as mentioned in
      Explanation 2” in sub-para (i) of the aforesaid Memorandum shows
      that explanation 4 was inserted retrospectively to expand the scope of
      explanation 2(v). In any case, explanation 2(v) contains the expression,
      “the transfer of all or any rights” which is an expression that would
      subsume “any right, property or information” and is wider than the
B
      expression “any right, property or information”. It is therefore difficult
      to accept Shri Pardiwala’s argument that explanation 4 does not expand
      the scope of the expression “royalty” as contained in explanation 2 to
      section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act.
             77. It is equally difficult to accept the learned Additional Solicitor
C     General’s submission that explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi)of the Income
      Tax Act is clarificatory of the position as it always stood, since 01.06.1976,
      for which he strongly relied upon CBDT Circular No. 152 dated
      27.11.1974. Quite obviously, such a circular cannot apply as it would
      then be explanatory of a position that existed even before section 9(1)(vi)
D     was actually inserted in the Income Tax Act vide the Finance Act 1976.
      Secondly, insofar as section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act relates to
      computer software, explanation 3 thereof, refers to “computer software”
      for the first time with effect from 01.04.1991, when it was introduced,
      which was then amended vide the Finance Act 2000. Quite clearly,
      explanation 4 cannot apply to any right for the use of or the right to use
E     computer software even before the term “computer software” was
      inserted in the statute. Likewise, even qua section 2(o) of the Copyright
      Act, the term “computer software” was introduced for the first time in
      the definition of a literary work, and defined under section 2(ffc) only in
      1994 (vide Act 38 of 1994).
F            78. Furthermore, it is equally ludicrous for the aforesaid amendment
      which also inserted explanation 6 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
      Act, to apply with effect from 01.06.1976, when technology relating to
      transmission by a satellite, optic fibre or other similar technology, was
      only regulated by the Parliament for the first time through the Cable
      Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995, much after 1976. For all
G     these reasons, it is clear that explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi) of the
      Income Tax Act is not clarificatory of the position as of 01.06.1976, but
      in fact, expands that position to include what is stated therein, vide the
      Finance Act 2012.
             79. The learned Additional Solicitor General then relied upon the
H     Finance Minister’s statement made before the Lok Sabha on 07.09.1990,
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             413
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

which allowed lump sum payments to be made without the deduction of              A
tax at source under section 195(1) of the Income Tax Act and did away
with the dual levy, both by way of customs duty and income tax, on
royalty payments for the licensing of software. This statement, again, in
no manner furthers the case of the Revenue that explanation 4 is merely
clarificatory of the legal position as it always stood. Likewise, Notification
                                                                                 B
No. 21/2012 dated 13.06.2012, which deals with section 194J of the
Income Tax Act, does no more than providing that a transferee is exempt
from deducting TDS under section 194J when TDS has already been
deducted under section 195 on the payment made in the previous transfer
of the same software which the transferee acquires without any
modification. In any case, this notification being issued on 13.06.2012,         C
i.e., after explanation 4 was inserted vide the Finance Act 2012, it
would not assist the Revenue in asserting that explanation 4 clarifies
the legal position as it always stood.
       80. The learned Additional Solicitor General then argued that being
covered by explanation 4 of section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act,              D
the persons liable to deduct TDS under section 195 of the Income Tax
Act ought to have deducted tax at source on the footing that explanation
4 existed on the statute book with effect from 1976. We have, therefore,
to examine as to whether persons liable to deduct TDS under section
195 of the Income Tax Act can be held liable to deduct such sums at a
time when explanation 4 was factually not on the statute book, all               E
deductions liable to be made and the assessment years in question being
prior to the year 2012.
       81. This question is answered by two latin maxims, lex non cogit
ad impossibilia, i.e., the law does not demand the impossible and
impotentia excusat legem, i.e., when there is a disability that makes it         F
impossible to obey the law, the alleged disobedience of the law is excused.
Recently, in the judgment in Arjun Panditrao Khotkar v. Kailash
Kushanrao Gorantyal, (2020) 7 SCC 1 delivered by this Court, this
Court applied the said maxims in the context of the requirement of a
certificate to produce evidence by way of electronic record under section        G
65B of the Evidence Act, 1872 and held that having taken all possible
steps to obtain the certificate and yet being unable to obtain it for reasons
beyond his control, the respondent in the facts of the case, was relieved
of the mandatory obligation to furnish a certificate. In so holding, this
Court referred to previous judgments dealing with the doctrine of
impossibility and concluded as follows:                                          H
414      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     “47. However, a caveat must be entered here. The facts of the
      present case show that despite all efforts made by the
      respondents, both through the High Court and otherwise, to get
      the requisite certificate under Section 65-B(4) of the Evidence
      Act from the authorities concerned, yet the authorities concerned
      wilfully refused, on some pretext or the other, to give such
B
      certificate. In a fact-circumstance where the requisite certificate
      has been applied for from the person or the authority concerned,
      and the person or authority either refuses to give such certificate,
      or does not reply to such demand, the party asking for such
      certificate can apply to the court for its production under the
C     provisions aforementioned of the Evidence Act, CPC or CrPC.
      Once such application is made to the court, and the court then
      orders or directs that the requisite certificate be produced by a
      person to whom it sends a summons to produce such certificate,
      the party asking for the certificate has done all that he can possibly
      do to obtain the requisite certificate. Two Latin maxims become
D
      important at this stage. The first is lex non cogit ad impossibilia
      i.e. the law does not demand the impossible, and impotentia
      excusat legem i.e. when there is a disability that makes it
      impossible to obey the law, the alleged disobedience of the law is
      excused. This was well put by this Court in Presidential Poll, In
E     re [Presidential Poll, In re, (1974) 2 SCC 33] as follows : (SCC
      pp. 49-50, paras 14-15)
         “14. If the completion of election before the expiration of the
         term is not possible because of the death of the prospective
         candidate it is apparent that the election has commenced before
F        the expiration of the term but completion before the expiration
         of the term is rendered impossible by an act beyond the control
         of human agency. The necessity for completing the election
         before the expiration of the term is enjoined by the Constitution
         in public and State interest to see that the governance of the
         country is not paralysed by non-compliance with the provision
G        that there shall be a President of India.
         15. The impossibility of the completion of the election to fill
         the vacancy in the office of the President before the expiration
         of the term of office in the case of death of a candidate as
         may appear from Section 7 of the 1952 Act does not rob Article
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         415
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       62(1) of its mandatory character. The maxim of law impotentia         A
       excusat legem is intimately connected with another maxim of
       law lex non cogit ad impossibilia. Impotentia excusat legem
       is that when there is a necessary or invincible disability to
       perform the mandatory part of the law that impotentia excuses.
       The law does not compel one to do that which one cannot
                                                                             B
       possibly perform. ‘Where the law creates a duty or charge,
       and the party is disabled to perform it, without any default in
       him, and has no remedy over it, there the law will in general
       excuse him.’ Therefore, when it appears that the performance
       of the formalities prescribed by a statute has been rendered
       impossible by circumstances over which the persons interested         C
       had no control, like the act of God, the circumstances will be
       taken as a valid excuse. Where the act of God prevents the
       compliance with the words of a statute, the statutory provision
       is not denuded of its mandatory character because of
       supervening impossibility caused by the act of God. (See
                                                                             D
       Broom’s Legal Maxims, 10th Edn. at pp. 162-63 and Craies
       on Statute Law, 6th Edn. at p. 268.)”
    It is important to note that the provision in question in Presidential
    Poll, In re [Presidential Poll, In re, (1974) 2 SCC 33] was also
    mandatory, which could not be satisfied owing to an act of God, in
    the facts of that case. These maxims have been applied by this           E
    Court in different situations in other election cases — See Chandra
    Kishore Jha v. Mahavir Prasad [Chandra Kishore Jha v.
    Mahavir Prasad, (1999) 8 SCC 266] (at paras 17 and 21); Special
    Reference No. 1 of 2002, In re (Gujarat Assembly Election
    matter) [Special Reference No. 1 of 2002, In re (Gujarat                 F
    Assembly Election matter), (2002) 8 SCC 237] (at paras 130 and
    151) and Raj Kumar Yadav v. Samir Kumar Mahaseth [Raj
    Kumar Yadav v. Samir Kumar Mahaseth, (2005) 3 SCC 601]
    (at paras 13 and 14).
    48. These Latin maxims have also been applied in several other           G
    contexts by this Court. In Cochin State Power & Light Corpn.
    Ltd. v. State of Kerala [Cochin State Power & Light Corpn.
    Ltd. v. State of Kerala, (1965) 3 SCR 187 : AIR 1965 SC 1688],
    a question arose as to the exercise of an option of purchasing an
    undertaking by the State Electricity Board under Section 6(4) of
    the Electricity Act, 1910. The provision required a notice of at         H
416      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     least 18 months before the expiry of the relevant period to be
      given by such State Electricity Board to the State Government.
      Since this mandatory provision was impossible of compliance, it
      was held that the State Electricity Board was excused from giving
      such notice, as follows : (1965) 3 SCR 187, at p. 193 : AIR pp.
      1691-92, para 8
B
         “8. Sub-section (1) of Section 6 expressly vests in the State
         Electricity Board the option of purchase on the expiry of the
         relevant period specified in the licence. But the State
         Government claims that under sub-section (2) of Section 6 it is
         now vested with the option. Now, under sub-section (2) of
C        Section 6, the State Government would be vested with the
         option only ‘where a State Electricity Board has not been
         constituted, or if constituted, does not elect to purchase the
         undertaking’. It is common case that the State Electricity Board
         was duly constituted. But the State Government claims that
D        the State Electricity Board did not elect to purchase the
         undertaking. For this purpose, the State Government relies upon
         the deeming provisions of sub-section (4) of Section 6, and
         contends that as the Board did not send to the State Government
         any intimation in writing of its intention to exercise the option
         as required by the sub-section, the Board must be deemed to
E        have elected not to purchase the undertaking. Now, the effect
         of sub- section (4) read with sub-section (2) of Section 6 is
         that on failure of the Board to give the notice prescribed by
         sub-section (4), the option vested in the Board under sub-section
         (1) of Section 6 was liable to be divested. Sub-section (4) of
F        Section 6 imposed upon the Board the duty of giving after the
         coming into force of Section 6 a notice in writing of its intention
         to exercise the option at least 18 months before the expiry of
         the relevant period. Section 6 came into force on 5-9-1959,
         and the relevant period expired on 3-12-1960. In the
         circumstances, the giving of the requisite notice of 18 months
G        in respect of the option of purchase on the expiry of 2-12-
         1960, was impossible from the very commencement of Section
         6. The performance of this impossible duty must be excused in
         accordance with the maxim, lex non cogitia ad impossibilia
         (the law does not compel the doing of impossibilities), and sub-
H        section (4) of Section 6 must be construed as not being
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                       417
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       applicable to a case where compliance with it is impossible.        A
       We must, therefore, hold that the State Electricity Board was
       not required to give the notice under sub-section (4) of Section
       6 in respect of its option of purchase on the expiry of 25 years.
       It must follow that the Board cannot be deemed to have elected
       not to purchase the undertaking under sub-section (4) of Section
                                                                           B
       6. By the notice served upon the appellant, the Board duly
       elected to purchase the undertaking on the expiry of 25 years.
       Consequently, the State Government never became vested with
       the option of purchasing the undertaking under sub-section (2)
       of Section 6. The State Government must, therefore, be
       restrained from taking further action under its notice, Ext. G,     C
       dated 20-11-1959.”
    49. In Raj Kumar Dey v. Tarapada Dey [Raj Kumar Dey v.
    Tarapada Dey, (1987) 4 SCC 398], the maxim lex non cogit ad
    impossibilia was applied in the context of the applicability of a
    mandatory provision of the Registration Act, 1908, as follows :        D
    (SCC pp. 402-03, paras 6-7)
       “6. We have to bear in mind two maxims of equity which are
       well settled, namely, actus curiae neminem gravabit — An
       act of the court shall prejudice no man. In Broom’s Legal
       Maxims, 10th Edn., 1939 at p. 73 this maxim is explained that       E
       this maxim was founded upon justice and good sense; and
       afforded a safe and certain guide for the administration of the
       law. The above maxim should, however, be applied with caution.
       The other maxim is lex non cogit ad impossibilia (Broom’s
       Legal Maxims, p. 162) — The law does not compel a man to
       do that which he cannot possibly perform. The law itself and        F
       the administration of it, said Sir W. Scott, with reference to an
       alleged infraction of the revenue laws, must yield to that to
       which everything must bend, to necessity; the law, in its most
       positive and peremptory injunctions, is understood to disclaim,
       as it does in its general aphorisms, all intention of compelling    G
       impossibilities, and the administration of laws must adopt that
       general exception in the consideration of all particular cases.
       7. In this case indisputably during the period from 26-7-1978
       to December 1982 there was subsisting injunction preventing
       the arbitrators from taking any steps. Furthermore, as noted        H
418   SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     before the award was in the custody of the court, that is to say,
      28-1- 1978 till the return of the award to the arbitrators on 24-
      11-1983, arbitrators or the parties could not have presented
      the award for its registration during that time. The award as
      we have noted before was made on 28-11-1977 and before
      the expiry of the four months from 28-11-1977, the award was
B
      filed in the court pursuant to the order of the court. It was
      argued that the order made by the court directing the arbitrators
      to keep the award in the custody of the court was wrong and
      without jurisdiction, but no arbitrator could be compelled to
      disobey the order of the court and if in compliance or obedience
C     with court of doubtful jurisdiction, he could not take back the
      award from the custody of the court to take any further steps
      for its registration then it cannot be said that he has failed to
      get the award registered as the law required. The aforesaid
      two legal maxims — the law does not compel a man to do
      that which he cannot possibly perform and an act of the
D     court shall prejudice no man would, apply with full vigour in
      the facts of this case and if that is the position then the award
      as we have noted before was presented before the Sub-
      Registrar, Arambagh on 25-11-1983 the very next one day of
      getting possession of the award from the court. The Sub-
E     Registrar pursuant to the order of the High Court on 24-6-
      1985 found that the award was presented within time as the
      period during which the judicial proceedings were pending that
      is to say, from 28-1-1978 to 24-11-1983 should be excluded in
      view of the principle laid down in Section 15 of the Limitation
      Act, 1963. The High Court [Tarapada Dey v. District
F     Registrar, Hooghly, 1986 SCC OnLine Cal 101 : AIR 1987
      Cal 107], therefore, in our opinion, was wrong in holding that
      the only period which should be excluded was from 26-7-1978
      till 20-12-1982. We are unable to accept this position. 26-7-
      1978 was the date of the order of the learned Munsif directing
G     maintenance of status quo and 20-12-1982 was the date when
      the interim injunction was vacated, but still the award was in
      the custody of the court and there is ample evidence as it would
      appear from the narration of events hereinbefore made that
      the arbitrators had tried to obtain the custody of the award
      which the court declined to give to them.”
H                                                 (emphasis in original)
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                              419
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      50. These maxims have also been applied to tenancy legislation              A
      — see B.P. Khemka (P) Ltd. v. Birendra Kumar Bhowmick
      [B.P. Khemka (P) Ltd. v. Birendra Kumar Bhowmick, (1987) 2
      SCC 407] (at para 12), and have also been applied to relieve
      authorities of fulfilling their obligation to allot plots when such plots
      have been found to be unallottable, owing to the contravention of
                                                                                  B
      the Central statutes — see Hira Tikkoo v. State (UT of
      Chandigarh) [Hira Tikkoo v. State (UT of Chandigarh), (2004)
      6 SCC 765] (at paras 23 and 24).
      51. On an application of the aforesaid maxims to the present case,
      it is clear that though Section 65-B(4) is mandatory, yet, on the
      facts of this case, the respondents, having done everything possible        C
      to obtain the necessary certificate, which was to be given by a
      third party over whom the respondents had no control, must be
      relieved of the mandatory obligation contained in the said sub-
      section.”
       82. As a matter of fact, even under the Income Tax Act, the High           D
Court of Bombay has taken a view, applying the aforestated maxims in
the context of the provisions of the relevant DTAAs, to hold that persons
are not obligated to do the impossible, i.e., to apply a provision of a
statute when it was not actually and factually on the statute book.
      83. In CIT v. NGC Networks (India) Pvt. Ltd., ITA No. 397/                  E
2015, a question arose as to the applicability of explanation 6 to Section
9(1)(vi), in the context of section 194J of the Income Tax Act, which
explanation was inserted with retrospective effect. The High Court of
Bombay, applying the aforesaid maxim, held:
      “(d) We find that [the] view taken by the impugned order dated              F
      9th July, 2014 of the Tribunal that a party cannot be called upon to
      perform an impossible act i.e. to comply with a provision not in
      force at the relevant time but introduced later by retrospective
      amendment. This is in accord with the view taken by this Court in
      CIT v/s. Cello Plast (2012) 209 Taxmann 617 – wherein this                  G
      Court has applied the legal maxim lex non cogit ad impossibilia
      (law does not compel a man to do what he cannot possibly
      perform).
      (e) In the present facts, the amendment by introduction of
      Explanation-6 to Section 9(1)(vi) of the Act took place in the year
                                                                                  H
420            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                          [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           2012 with retrospective effect from 1976. This could not have
            been contemplated by the Respondent when he made the payment
            which was subject to tax deduction at source under Section 194C
            of the Act during the subject Assessment Year, would require
            deduction under Section 194J of the Act due to some future
            amendment with retrospective effect.”
B
            84. In CIT v. Western Coalfields Ltd., ITA No. 93/2008, the
      High Court of Bombay dealt with the insertion of an explanation to
      section 17(2)(ii) of the Income Tax Act with retrospective effect and
      held:
C           “11) We see no merit in the above contentions. The Apex Court
            in Arun Kumar’s case (supra) while upholding the validity of Rule
            3 has held that in the absence of any “deeming fiction” in the Act,
            it is open to the assessee to contend that there is no concession in
            the matter of accommodation provided by the employer to the
            employees and the case is not covered by Section 17(2)(ii) of the
D           Act. In other words, even after the substitution of Rule 3 with
            effect from 1/4/2001, in the absence of any specific provision
            under the Act, it was open to the assessee not to deduct tax at
            source relating to the accommodation given to the employees on
            the ground that no concession in rent has been given to the
E           employees. This contention of the assessee has been in fact upheld
            by the Apex Court in the case of Arun Kumar (supra). To
            overcome the above decision, the law has been amended by
            Finance Act, 2007 with retrospective effect from 1/4/2002. The
            retrospective amendment merely takes away the above argument,
            which was available to the assessee. Once the salary is paid by
F           the employer after deducting tax at source as per the law prevailing
            on the date of paying the salary, then any subsequent amendment
            in law brought about retrospectively cannot require the employer
            to deduct tax at source for the past period, because the salary for
            that period has already been paid. Consequently, the employer
G           cannot be made liable for the consequences set out in Section 201
            of the Act on account of the retrospective amendment to Section
            17(2) of the Act.”
             85. It is thus clear that the “person” mentioned in section 195 of
      the Income Tax Act cannot be expected to do the impossible, namely, to
H     apply the expanded definition of “royalty” inserted by explanation 4 to
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             421
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, for the assessment years in              A
question, at a time when such explanation was not actually and factually
in the statute.
   RULINGS OF THE AAR AND JUDGMENTS OF HIGH
COURTS
      86. The question of law posed before us in these appeals has               B
been answered in several rulings – some by the AAR, some by the High
Court of Karnataka, and some by the High Court of Delhi. These
authorities will now be dealt with sequentially.
       87. The first and most comprehensive authority dealing with the
question raised in these appeals is by the AAR in its ruling in Dassault         C
Systems, K.K., In Re., (2010) 322 ITR 125 (AAR) [“Dassault
(AAR)”]. In that case, the applicant was a company incorporated under
the laws of Japan, which marketed licensed computer software products,
through a distribution channel comprising value added resellers [“VAR”],
who were independent third-party resellers in the business of selling            D
software to end-users. The question posed by the AAR to itself was as
follows:
       “Whether on the facts and circumstances of the case and in law
       the payment received by Dassault Systems K.K. (hereinafter
       referred to as the “the applicant”) from sale of software products        E
       to independent third party resellers will be taxable as business
       profits under Article 7 of the India-Japan Double Taxation
       Avoidance Agreement (“India-Japan DTAA” or “Treaty”) and
       will not constitute ‘royalties and fee for technical services’ as
       defined in Article 12 of India-Japan DTAA?”
                                                                                 F
                                                            (pages 129-130)
        88. After setting out Article 12 of the India-Japan DTAA, which
is in the same terms as Article 12 of the India-Singapore DTAA and the
other DTAAs that we are concerned with, and after adverting to the
definition of “royalty” that is contained in explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi)
                                                                                 G
of the Income Tax Act, the AAR then set out, from the locus classicus
on copyright law, the following passage:
       “Before entering into a discussion on the applicability of the royalty
       definition, it is appropriate to recapitulate certain basic principles
       concerning the copyright as a legal concept. We may, in this
                                                                                 H
422     SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     connection, refer to some passages from the classic treatise of
      Copinger and Skone James on Copyright (1999 Edn):
         “Copyright gives the owner of the copyright in a work of any
         description the exclusive right to authorize or prohibit the
         Copyright, Designs and Patents Act, 1988 of UK exploitation
B        of the copyright work by third parties. This includes the right
         to copy the work itself and also to use the work in other ways
         protected under the law”.(p. 26)
      Copyright is often described as a negative right. This idea is
      conveyed by Copinger in the following words:
C        “Copyright, however, does not essentially mean a right to do
         something, but rather a right to restrict others from doing certain
         acts, and, when copyright is referred to as “an exclusive right,”
         the emphasis is on the word ‘exclusive’. Thus, the 1988 Act,
         whilst not defining “copyright” otherwise than as a property
         right, which is transmissible as personal or moveable property,
D
         provides that the owner of the copyright in a work has the
         exclusive right to do the acts restricted by the copyright in a
         work of that description specified in the 1988 Act. [Copyright,
         Designs and Patents Act, 1988 of UK.]” (p. 27)
      The following passage also deserves notice:
E
         “It is important to recognize that ownership of copyright in a
         work is different from the ownership of the physical material
         in which the copyright work may happen to be embodied. Just
         as the owner of the physical material on which a copyright
         work is first recorded is not necessarily the first owner of the
F        copyright, so the transfer of title to the original physical material
         does not by itself operate to transfer the title to the copyright…
         Thus, to take an obvious example, the purchaser of a book or
         video recording becomes the owner of the physical article but
         he does not thereby become the owner of any part of the
G        copyright in the works reproduced in it. The copyright in the
         literary work remains with the copyright owner, who enjoys
         and is entitled to enforce all the exclusive rights of copying,
         publication, adaptation, sale, rental and so on conferred on him
         by copyright law. The purchaser does not acquire by his
         purchase any right, either by way of assignment or licence, to
H        exercise any of those exclusive rights. (p. 217)”
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          423
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      Referring to the position of a licensee and an exclusive licensee,      A
      the legal position was stated as follows at p. 310:
         “A mere licence from the copyright owner confers no
         proprietary interest on the licensee enabling him, for example,
         to bring proceedings in his own name, unless coupled with the
         grant of some other interest, for example, the right to take         B
         property away. Statute apart, even an exclusive licence, which
         is merely the leave to do a thing coupled with a promise not to
         do, or give anyone else permission to do that thing, gives the
         licensee no right to sue in his own name for infringement nor
         any other proprietary interest. In copyright law this general
                                                                              C
         rule is altered by statute in the case of exclusive licences which
         comply with prescribed formalities. The 1988 Act confers on
         such a licensee a procedural status which enables him to bring
         proceedings but otherwise the rule is unchanged: an exclusive
         licensee has no proprietary interest in the copyright.””
                                                                              D
                                                         (pages 132-134)
      89. After setting out various provisions of the Copyright Act, the
terms of the Distribution Agreement between the applicant and the VAR,
as well as the provisions of the EULA, the AAR then held:
      “In the instant case, the end-user is not given the authority to do     E
      any of the acts contemplated in sub-clauses (i) to (vii) of clause
      (a) of Section 14, not to speak of the exclusive right to do the said
      acts. In fact, the restrictions placed on the end- user and the VAR
      which have been referred to earlier coupled with a declaration
      that the intellectual property rights in the licensed programmes        F
      will remain exclusively with the applicant (or its licensors) and the
      non-exclusive and non- transferable character of licence are all
      meant to ensure that none of the rights vesting in the applicant as
      copyright- holder can be claimed or enjoyed by the licensee and
      that they will remain intact and are preserved. The entire tenor of
      the Agreement and the various stipulations contained therein make       G
      it clear that no rights in derogation of the applicant’s exclusive
      rights in relation to the copyright have been conferred on the
      licensee i.e., the end-user or VAR. The core of the transaction is
      to authorize the end-user to have access to and make use of the
      licensed software products over which the applicant has exclusive
                                                                              H
424      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     copyright, without giving any scope for dealing with them any
      further.
      Passing on a right to use and facilitating the use of a product for
      which the owner has a copyright is not the same thing as
      transferring or assigning rights in relation to the copyright. The
B     enjoyment of some or all the rights which the copyright owner
      has, is necessary to trigger the royalty definition. Viewed from
      this angle, a non-exclusive and non- transferable licence enabling
      the use of a copyrighted product cannot be construed as an
      authority to enjoy any or all of the enumerated rights ingrained in
      a copyright. Where the purpose of the licence or the transaction
C
      is only to establish access to the copyrighted product for internal
      business purpose, it would not be legally correct to state that the
      copyright itself has been transferred to any extent. It does not
      make any difference even if the computer programme passed on
      to the user is a highly specialized one. The parting of intellectual
D     property rights inherent in and attached to the software product in
      favour of the licencee/customer is what is contemplated by the
      definition clause in the Act as well as the Treaty. As observed
      earlier, those rights are incorporated in Section 14. Merely
      authorizing or enabling a customer to have the benefit of data or
      instructions contained therein without any further right to deal
E
      with them independently does not, in our view, amount to transfer
      of rights in relation to copyright or conferment of the right of
      using the copyright. However, where, for example, the owner of
      copyright over a literary work grants an exclusive license to make
      out copies and distribute them within a specified territory, the
F     grantee will practically step into the shoes of the owner/grantor
      and he enjoys the copyright to the extent of its grant to the exclusion
      of others. As the right attached to copyright is conveyed to such
      licencee, he has the authority to commercially deal with it. In
      case of infringement of copyright, he can maintain a suit to prevent
      it. Different considerations will arise if the grant is non-exclusive,
G
      that too confined to the user purely for in- house or internal purpose.
      The transfer of rights in or over copyright or the conferment of
      the right of use of copyright implies that the transferee/licencee
      should acquire rights - either in entirety or partially co-extensive
      with the owner/transferor who divests himself of the rights he
H     possesses pro tanto. That is what, in our view, follows from the
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          425
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    language employed in the definition of ‘royalty’ read with the            A
    provisions of Copyright Act, viz., Section 14 and other
    complementary provisions.
    We may refer to one more aspect here. In the definition of royalty
    under the Act, the phrase “including the granting of a licence” is
    found. That does not mean that even a non- exclusive licence              B
    permitting user for in-house purpose would be covered by that
    expression. Any and every licence is not what is contemplated. It
    should take colour from the preceding expression “transfer of
    rights in respect of copyright”. Apparently, grant of ‘licence’ has
    been referred to in the definition to dispel the possible controversy
    [that a] licence — whatever be its nature, can be characterized           C
    as transfer.”
                                                        (pages 144-145)
    90. The AAR then concluded:
    “As stated in Copinger’s treatise on Copyright, “the exclusive            D
    right to prevent copying or reproduction of a work is the most
    fundamental and historically oldest right of a copyright
    owner”. We do not think that such a right has been passed on to
    the end-user by permitting him to download the computer
    programme and storing it in the computer for his own use. The             E
    copying/reproduction or storage is only incidental to the facility
    extended to the customer to make use of the copyrighted product
    for his internal business purpose. As admitted by the Revenue’s
    representative, that process is necessary to make the programme
    functional and to have access to it and is qualitatively different
    from the right contemplated by the said provision because it is           F
    only integral to the use of copyrighted product. Apart from such
    incidental facility, the customer has no right to deal with the product
    just as the owner would be in a position to do. In so far as the
    licensed material reproduced or stored is confined to the four
    corners of its business establishment, that too on a non- exclusive       G
    basis, the right referred to in sub-clause (i) of Section 14(a) would
    be wholly out of place. Otherwise, in respect of even off the shelf
    software available in the market, it can be very well said that the
    right of reproduction which is a facet of copyright vested with the
    owner is passed on to the customer. Such an inference leads to
    unintended and irrational results. We may in this context refer to        H
426      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                             [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     Section 52(aa) of C.R. Act (extracted supra) which makes it clear
      that “the making of copies or adaptation” of a computer program
      by the lawful possessor of a copy of such program, from such
      copy (i) in order to utilize the computer program, for the purpose
      for which it was supplied or (ii) to make back up copies purely as
      a temporary protection against loss, destruction, or damage in order
B
      to utilize the computer program for the purpose of which it was
      supplied” will not constitute infringement of copyright.
      Consequently, customization or adaptation, irrespective of the
      degree, will not constitute ‘infringement’ as long as it is to ensure
      the utilization of the computer program for the purpose for which
C     it was supplied. Once there is no infringement, it is not possible to
      hold that there is transfer or licensing of ‘copyright’ as defined in
      CR Act and as understood in common law. This is because, as
      pointed out earlier, copyright is a negative right in the sense that it
      is a right prohibiting someone else to do an act, without
      authorization of the same, by the owner.
D
      It seems to us that reproduction and adaptation envisaged by
      Section 14(a)(i) and (vi) can contextually mean only reproduction
      and adaptation for the purpose of commercial exploitation.
      Copyright being a negative right (in the sense explained in para 9
      supra), it would only be appropriate and proper to test it in terms
E     of infringement. What has been excluded under S. 52(aa) is not
      commercial exploitation, but only utilizing the copyrighted product
      for one’s own use. The exclusion should be given due meaning
      and effect; otherwise, Section 52(aa) will be practically redundant.
      In fact, as the law now stands, the owner need not necessarily
F     grant licence for mere reproduction or adaptation of work for
      one’s own use. Even without such licence, the buyer of product
      cannot be said to have infringed the owner’s copyright. When the
      infringement is ruled out, it would be difficult to reach the conclusion
      that the buyer/licensee of product has acquired a copyright therein.
      The following observations of the Constitution Bench of the
G
      Supreme Court in Tata Consultancy Services v. The State of
      Andhra Pradesh case are quite apposite, though made in a
      different context:
          “a software programme may consist of various commands
          which enable the computer to perform a designated task. The
H         copyright in that programme may remain with the originator of
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             427
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

           the programme. But the moment copies are made and marketed,           A
           [they become] goods, which are susceptible to sales tax.”
       Viewed from any angle, we have no hesitation in rejecting the
       contention of the Revenue referred to in para 18 supra.”
                                                             (pages 147-148)
       91. Referring to section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act, the AAR          B
then held:
       “Next, it has been argued on behalf of the Revenue that the right
       to sell or offer for sale the applicant’s software product has been
       conferred on the VAR and therefore such authority given to VAR
       amounts to conferment of rights in or over the copyright in view
       of cl. (b)(ii) of Section 14. We are unable to sustain this contention.   C
       First of all, this contention of Revenue goes contrary to its stand
       that the product was licensed but not sold. Be that as it may, even
       for other reasons, the contention has to be rejected. VAR has not
       been given an independent right to sell or offer for sale the software
       products of the applicant to the end-users. What the VAR does in          D
       the course of carrying out its marketing function is to canvass for
       orders, collect the purchase order from the interested customer
       and forward that offer to the applicant. It is the applicant that
       accepts or rejects that offer. For this purpose, a non-exclusive
       and non-transferable license to distribute the product has been
       given to VAR. The transaction emanating from the order of the             E
       end-user followed up by back to back order of VAR is finalized
       by the applicant and unless the purchase order is accepted by the
       applicant, the transaction does not materialize. The VAR’s role is
       only to forward the order to the applicant with the necessary
       documents. It is upto the applicant to accept it or not to accept it.
                                                                                 F
       Once the product is delivered to the end- user, the sale if any by
       VAR takes place simultaneously and that transaction is a different
       one. In the absence of an independent right to conclude the sale
       or offer for sale, sub- clause (ii) of clause (b) of Section 14 cannot
       be invoked to bring the case within the fold of Art. 12.3 of the
       Treaty or Section 9(1)(vi) of the Act. It is also noteworthy that         G
       VAR is not an exclusive distributor for a territory and he does not
       pay any consideration to the applicant distinctly for acquiring the
       distribution rights. He gets the discount for each individual
       transaction at the agreed rate.”
                                                             (pages 148-149)
                                                                                 H
428             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                             [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           92. Consequently, the question posed to itself was answered by
      the AAR as follows:
             “The answer to the question framed by the applicant is broadly in
             the negative. It is ruled that the payment received by the applicant
             from VARs. (“third party re-sellers”) on account of supplies of
B            software products to the end- customers (from whom the licence
             fee is collected and appropriated by VAR) does not result in income
             in the nature of royalty to the applicant and moreover payments
             received by the applicant cannot be taxed as business profits in
             India in the absence of permanent establishment as envisaged by
             Article 7 of the India-Japan Tax Treaty.”
C
                                                                (pages 157-158)
             93. Close on the heels of this determination, the AAR followed
      this determination in Geoquest Systems B.V. Gevers Deynootweg,
      In Re., (2010) 327 ITR 1 (AAR) [“Geoquest (AAR)”] qua an
      applicant which was a company incorporated in the Netherlands and
D     sold certain software packages to the Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
      in India. After referring to and relying upon the determination in Dassault
      (AAR) (supra), the AAR concluded that the amount payable to the
      applicant did not amount to “royalties” within the meaning of Article 12
      of the India- Netherlands DTAA.
E            94. However, a discordant note was soon struck by the AAR in
      Citrix Systems Asia Pacific Ptyl. Ltd., In Re., (2012) 343 ITR 1
      (AAR) [“Citrix Systems (AAR)”], which ruling is impugned in C.A.
      No. 8990/2018 before us. In this case, the same question that arose
      before the AAR in the earlier two cases, namely Dassault (AAR) (supra)
F     and Geoquest (AAR) (supra), arose. The case concerned an applicant
      incorporated in Australia that had entered into a distribution agreement
      with an independent Indian company engaged in the business of
      distribution of computer software and hardware. “Ingram” was appointed
      as the non-exclusive distributor of the products of the applicant in India.
      This time, the AAR, after referring to the provisions of the Income Tax
G     Act and the Convention between the Government of the Republic of
      India and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double
      Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on
      Income,39 [“India-Australia DTAA”], together with the provisions of
      39
        Notification No. GSR 60(E), dated 22-1-1992 as amended by Notification No.74/
H     2013 [F.No.503/1/2009-FTD-II]/SO 2820(E), dated 20-9-2013.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            429
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

the Copyright Act, arrived at a conclusion diametrically opposite to that       A
contained in the rulings in Dassault (AAR) (supra) and Geoquest
(AAR) (supra). The AAR held as follows:
      “Thus, a reference to the Copyright Act indicates that use of a
      copyright either by an owner or a licensee, would not be an
      infringement of a copyright. The transfer of ownership can be by          B
      an assignment to another of the copyright either wholly or partially,
      either generally or with special limitations and either for the whole
      term of the copyright or any part thereof. Similarly, a license can
      be granted by the owner of the copyright of any interest in the
      right. An exclusive right also can be granted excluding even oneself
      from the right to use the copyright owned. So, a transgression of         C
      the limitations of an assignment or of a license would prime facie
      be an infringement of the copyright and invite the consequences
      provided for under the Act. Similarly, the act of taking copies or
      act of adaptation will not be an infringement only if it is done by a
      lawful possessor of a copy of the computer programme. A lawful            D
      possessor can only be an assignee, an exclusive licensee or a
      licensee of the programme. When he acquires a computer
      programme, he also gets the right to use that programme to a
      limited extent. This in our view, is on the basis that in so acquiring
      the computer programme, he has also got a right, absolute or limited
      to use the copyright.                                                     E

      When a software is created by a person who acquires a copyright
      for it, he becomes the owner of that copyright. He can transfer or
      license that right either by himself or through an agent. When he
      sells or licenses the software for use, he is also selling or licensing
      the right to use the copyright embedded therein. If a software is         F
      used without being lawfully acquired either by purchase or by
      license, that would amount to an infringement of the copyright
      obviously because of the copyright embedded in the software.
      The software is a literary work and clearly the copyright of the
      creator over the software is an important and commercially                G
      valuable right. So, whenever a software is assigned or licensed
      for use, there is involved an assignment of the right to use the
      embedded copyright in the software or a license to use the
      embedded copyright, the Intellectual Property Right in the software.
      Therefore, it appears to us that it is not possible to divorce the
                                                                                H
430            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           software from the Intellectual Property Right of the creator of
            the software embedded therein. The amendment to Section
            14(1)(b) of the Copyright Act, by Act 49 of 1999, clarifying that in
            the case of a computer programme, copyright means the right to
            sell or give on commercial rental or offer for sale or commercial
            rental any copy of the computer programme, seems to be
B           significant. This addition would suggest that even the right to sell
            or give on rental, would amount to a copyright and would be a
            right to be dealt with as a copyright.”
                                                                 (pages 13-14)
            95. The AAR disagreed with the determination in Dassault (AAR)
C     (supra), stating:
            “In Dassault (AAR 821 of 2009), it was noticed that the core of
            the transaction in that case was to authorise the end-user to have
            access to and make use of the licensed software products over
            which the applicant had exclusive copyright without giving any
            scope for dealing with them any further.
D
            The reasoning or the line of reasoning in Factset on applicability
            of the Copyright Act, in this context, was followed. It was also
            noticed that in Tata Consultancy Services (271 ITR 401), the
            Supreme Court had held that “a software programme may consist
            of various commands which enable the computer to perform a
E           designated task. The copyright in that programme may remain
            with the originator of the programme. But, the moment copies are
            made and marketed it becomes goods which are susceptible to
            sales-tax.” The Supreme Court was speaking in the context of
            the Sales-tax Act. The Court had no occasion to consider what
            was involved in the sale of a software programme. The Court
F
            had no occasion to consider what all are the rights that pass on to
            the grantee when a software programme is transferred or licensed
            to him. It was concluded in Dassault, that in the absence of an
            independent right to conclude a sale or offer for sale, section 14
            could not be invoked to bring the case within Section 9(1)(vi) of
G           the Act by invoking sub-clause (ii) of Clause (b) of that section. It
            was concluded that no right to use the copyright as such has been
            conferred on the licensee. In our view whenever software is
            transferred or licensed for use, it takes within it the copyright
            embedded in the software and the one cannot be divorced from
            the other.”
H                                                                     (page 17)
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          431
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       96. The AAR then reasoned that the fact that a licence had been        A
granted would be sufficient to conclude that there was a transfer of
copyright, and that there was no justification for the use of the doctrine
of noscitur a sociis to confine the transfer by way of a licence to only
include a licence which transferred rights in respect of copyright, by
referring to explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act. It
                                                                              B
then held:
      “Considerable arguments are raised on the so-called distinction
      between a copyright and copyrighted articles. What is a
      copyrighted article? It is nothing but an article which incorporates
      the copyright of the owner, the assignee, the exclusive licensee or
      the licencee. So, when a copyrighted article is permitted or licensed   C
      to be used for a fee, the permission involves not only the physical
      or electronic manifestation of a programme, but also the use of or
      the right to use the copyright embedded therein. That apart, the
      Copyright Act or the Income-tax Act or the DTAC does not use
      the expression ‘copyrighted article’, which could have been used        D
      if the intention was as claimed by the applicant. In the
      circumstances, the distinction sought to be made appears to be
      illusory.”
                                                                (page 19)
       97. This ruling of the AAR flies in the face of certain principles.    E
When, under a non-exclusive licence, an end-user gets the right to use
computer software in the form of a CD, the end-user only receives a
right to use the software and nothing more. The end-user does not get
any of the rights that the owner continues to retain under section 14(b)
of the Copyright Act read with sub-section (a)(i)-(vii) thereof. Thus, the    F
conclusion that when computer software is licensed for use under an
EULA, what is also licensed is the right to use the copyright embedded
therein, is wholly incorrect. The licence for the use of a product under
an EULA cannot be construed as the licence spoken of in section 30 of
the Copyright Act, as such EULA only imposes restrictive conditions
upon the end-user and does not part with any interest relatable to any        G
rights mentioned in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act.
      98. As a matter of fact, even otherwise, on first principles, the
extract from Copinger and Skone James on Copyright (14th Edition)
(1999) referred to in Dassault (AAR) (supra) makes it clear that the
ownership of copyright in a work is different from the ownership of the       H
432             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     physical material in which the copyrighted work may happen to be
      embedded. This important passage correctly relied upon by the AAR in
      the Dassault (AAR) (supra) ruling has been completely missed.
             99. Further, it is difficult to understand the reasoning contained in
      this determination. It is self-contradictory when it says that the DTAA
B     which defines “royalties” must somehow be given a go-bye, as this term
      must be understood as it is commonly understood. It is also difficult to
      understand the holding that the AAR need not be constrained by the
      definition of “copyright” contained in section 14 of the Copyright Act,
      when construing a DTAA, when we have already seen how section 16
      of the Copyright Act makes it clear that no person shall be entitled to
C     copyright otherwise than under the provisions of the Copyright Act or
      any other law in force.
             100. Also, any ruling on the more expansive language contained
      in the explanations to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act would
      have to be ignored if it is wider and less beneficial to the assessee than
D     the definition contained in the DTAA, as per section 90(2) of the Income
      Tax Act read with explanation 4 thereof, and Article 3(2) of the DTAA.
      Further, the expression “copyright” has to be understood in the context
      of the statute which deals with it, it being accepted that municipal laws
      which apply in the Contracting States must be applied unless there is
E     any repugnancy to the terms of the DTAA. For all these reasons, the
      determination of the AAR in Citrix Systems (AAR) (supra) does not
      state the law correctly and is thus set aside.
            101. The High Court of Karnataka, in a judgment impugned in
      various appeals before us, namely, CIT v. Samsung Electronics Co.
F     Ltd., (2012) 345 ITR 494, also held that what was sold/licensed by
      way of computer software, included the grant of a right or interest in
      copyright, and thus gave rise to the payment of royalty, which then
      required the deduction of TDS. The reasoning of this judgment under
      appeal is set out as follows:

G           “…Accordingly, we hold that right to make a copy of the software
            and use it for internal business by making copy of the same and
            storing the same in the hard disk of the designated computer and
            taking back up copy would itself amount to copyright work under
            section 14(1) of the Act and licence is granted to use the software
            by making copies, which [would], but for the licence granted, have
H           constituted infringement of copyright and the licensee is in
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         433
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    possession of the legal copy of the software under the licence.          A
    Therefore, the contention of the learned senior counsel appearing
    for the respondents that there is no transfer of any part of copyright
    or copyright and transaction only involves sale of copy of the
    copyright software cannot be accepted.
    It is also to be noted that what is supplied is the copy of the          B
    software of which the respondent-supplier continues to be the
    owner of the copyright and what is granted under the licence is
    only right to copy the software as per the terms of the agreement,
    which, but for the licence would amount to infringement of
    copyright and in view of the licence granted, the same would not
    amount to infringement under section 52 of the Copyright Act as          C
    referred to above.
    Therefore, the amount paid to the non-resident supplier towards
    supply of shrink-wrapped software, or off-the-shelf software is
    not the price of the C.D. alone nor software alone nor the price of
    licence granted. This is a combination of all and in substance,          D
    unless licence is granted permitting the end user to copy, and
    download the software, the dumb C.D. containing the software
    would not in any way be helpful to the end user as software would
    become operative, only if it is downloaded to the hardware of the
    designated computer as per the terms and conditions of the               E
    agreement and that makes, the difference between the computer
    software and copyright, in respect of books or prerecorded music
    [C.D.], as book and prerecorded music C.D. can be used once
    they are purchased, but so far as software stored in dumb C.D. is
    concerned, the transfer of dumb C.D. by itself would not confer
    any, right, upon the end user and the purpose of the                     F

    C.D. is only to enable the end user to take a copy of the software
    and to store it in the hard disk of the designated computer if licence
    is granted in that behalf and in the absence of licence, the same
    would amount to infringement of copyright, which is exclusively
    owned by non-resident suppliers, who would continue to be the            G
    proprietor of copyright. Therefore, there is no similarity between
    the transaction of purchase of the book or prerecorded music
    C.D. or the C.D. containing software and in view of the same,
    the Legislature in its wisdom, has treated the literary work like
    books and other articles separately from “computer” software             H
434      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                               [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     within the meaning of the “copyright” as referred to above under
      section 14 of the Copyright Act.
      It is also clear from the abovesaid analysis of the DTAA, the
      Income-tax Act, the Copyright Act that the payment would
      constitute “royalty” within the meaning of article 12(3) of the
B     DTAA and even as per the provisions of section 9(1)(vi) of the
      Act as the definition of “royalty” under clause 9(1)(vi) of the Act
      is broader than the definition of “royalty” under the DTAA as the
      right that is transferred in the present case is the transfer of
      copyright including the right to make copy of software for internal
      business, and payment made in that regard would constitute
C     “royalty” for imparting of any information concerning technical,
      industrial, commercial or scientific knowledge, experience or skill
      as per clause (iv) of Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act.
      In any view of the matter, in view of the provisions of section 90
      of the Act, agreements with foreign countries DTAA would
D     override the provisions of the Act. Once it is held that payment
      made by the respondents to the non-resident companies would
      amount to “royalty” within the meaning of article 12 of the DTAA
      with the respective country, it is clear that the payment made by
      the respondents to the non-resident supplier would amount to
      royalty. In view of the said finding, it is clear that there is obligation
E     on the part of the respondents to deduct tax at source under section
      195 of the Act and consequences would follow as held by the
      hon’ble Supreme Court while remanding these appeals to this
      court. Accordingly, we answer the substantial question of law in
      favour of the Revenue and against the assessee by holding that
F     on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Income-tax
      Appellate Tribunal was not justified in holding that the amount(s)
      paid by the respondents) to the foreign software suppliers was
      not “royalty” and that the same did not give rise to any “income”
      taxable in India and wherefore, the respondent(s) were not liable
      to deduct any tax at source and pass the following order:
G     All the appeals are allowed. The order passed by the Income-tax
      Appellate Tribunal, Bangalore Bench “A” impugned in these
      appeals is set aside and the order passed by the Commissioner of
      Income-tax (Appeals) confirming the order passed by the
      Assessing Officer (TDS)-I is restored.”
H                                                            (pages 527-528)
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            435
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       102. The reasoning of this judgment also does not commend itself          A
to us. The same error as was made by the AAR in Citrix Systems
(AAR) (supra), was made in this judgment, i.e., no distinction was made
between computer software that was sold/licensed on a CD/other
physical medium and the parting of copyright in respect of any of the
rights or interest in any of the rights mentioned in sections 14(a) and
                                                                                 B
14(b) of the Copyright Act. This being the case, the reasoning of this
judgment suffers from the same fundamental defect that the ruling in
Citrix Systems (AAR) (supra) suffers from. By no stretch of
imagination, can the payment for such computer software amount to
royalty within the meaning of Article 12 of the DTAA or section 9(1)(vi)
of the Income Tax Act.                                                           C
       103. In another judgment of the High Court of Karnataka, dated
03.08.2020, in CIT v. Synopsis International Old Ltd., ITA Nos.
11-15/2008 [“Synopsis Intl.”], 40 the High Court relied upon the
expression “in respect of” in section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act,
holding:                                                                         D
       “27. The words “in respect of” [denote] the intention of the
       Parliament to give a broader meaning. The words “in respect of”
       admit of a wide connotation, than the word “in” or “on”. The
       expression “in respect of” means “attributable to”. If it is given a
       wider meaning “relating to or with reference to”, it has been used        E
       in the sense of being “connected with”. Whether it is a fiscal
       legislation or any legislation for that matter, the golden rule of
       interpretation equally applies to all of them, i.e., the words in a
       statute should be given its literal meaning. In respect of fiscal
       legislation those words should be strictly construed. If those words
       are capable of two meanings that meaning which is beneficial to           F
       an assessee should be given. However, when the meaning of the
       words used are clear, unambiguous, merely because it is a fiscal
       legislation, the meaning cannot be narrowed down and it cannot
       be interpreted so as to give benefit to the assessee only. Then it
       would be re-writing the section, under the guise of interpreting a        G
       fiscal legislation, which is totally impermissible in law. When the
       legislature has advisedly used the words “in respect of”, the
       intention is clear and manifest. The said phrase being capable of
40
  This judgment has been relied upon by several judgments of the High Court of
Karnataka impugned in the appeals before us.                                     H
436               SUPREME COURT REPORTS                               [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A              a broader meaning, the same is used in the section to bring within
               the tax net all the incomes from the transfer of all or any of the
               rights in respect of a copyright. In a taxing statute provisions
               enacted to prevent tax evasion are to be given a liberal construction
               to effectuate the purpose of suppressing tax evasion, although
               provisions imposing a charge are construed strictly there being no
B
               a priori liability to pay a tax and the purpose of charging section
               being only to levy a charge on persons and activities brought within
               its clear terms. Therefore, the specific words used in a taxing
               statute, charging tax cannot be ignored. It is not the consideration
               for transfer of all or any of the rights in the copyright. Without
C              transferring a right in the copyright it is possible to receive
               consideration for the use of the intellectual property for which the
               owner possesses a copyright. Ultimately, the consideration paid is
               for the usefulness of the material object in respect of which there
               exists a copyright. Therefore, the intention was not to exclude the
               consideration paid for the use of such material object which is
D
               popularly called as copyrighted article. Even in respect of a
               copyrighted article the same is transferred, no doubt the right in
               the copyright is not transferred, but a right in respect of a copyright
               contained in the copyrighted article is transferred. Therefore, the
               Parliament thought it fit to use the phrase “in respect of” as contra
E              distinct from the word “in” copyright. The meaning is clear,
               intention is clear, there is no ambiguity. Therefore, there is no
               scope for interpretation of this expressed term inasmuch as in the
               context in which it is used in the provision. Any other interpretation
               would lead to the aforesaid provision becoming otiose.”
F              104. After so holding, the High Court of Karnataka went on to
      state:
               “32. … Therefore, the expression ‘copyright’ used in the Act
               cannot be the same as used in the Income-tax Act, when the
               legislature advisedly used the word ‘in respect of a copyright’ it
G              cannot be construed as a right in the copyright and assign the
               meaning assigned in the Copyright Act to the second explanation.
               The language in Explanation (2) explicitly makes it clear for the
               purpose of clause (vi) of sub-section (1) of section 9 royalty means
               consideration for transfer of all or any rights including the granting
               of a licence in respect of any copyright, literary, artistic or scientific
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           437
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    work. Therefore, the word exclusive right used in section 14 of            A
    the Act do not fit into the meaning of the word ‘royalty’ in
    Explanation 2 because royalty means the consideration for the
    transfer of all or any rights including the granting of a licence
    which is certainly not an exclusive right or transfer of all rights in
    the copyright or literary work. Payments made for the acquisition
                                                                               B
    of partial rights in the copyright without the transfer fully alienating
    the copyright rights will represent a royalty where the consideration
    is for granting of lights to use the program[m]e in a manner that
    would, without such license, constitute an infringement of copyright.
    In these circumstances, the payments are for the right to use the
    copyright in the program i.e., to exploit the rights that would            C
    otherwise be the sole prerogative of the copyright holder.
    Therefore, to constitute royalty under the Income-tax Act it is not
    necessary that there should be transfer of exclusive right in
    copyright, it is sufficient if there is transfer of any interest in the
    right and also a licence and consideration paid for grant of a licence
                                                                               D
    constitutes royalty for the purpose of the said clause in the Income-
    tax Act. It is in this background, the discussion whether the payment
    is for a copyright or for a copyright article would be totally
    irrelevant. The crux of the issue is whether any consideration is
    paid for any right, or for granting of licence in respect of a
    copyright. The word ‘in respect of’ gives a broader meaning. It            E
    has been used in the sense of being connected with. When the
    legislature has advisedly used the words ‘in respect of’, the
    intention is clear and manifest. The said phrase being capable of
    a broader meaning, the same is used in the section to bring within
    the tax net all the incomes from the transfer of all or any of the
                                                                               F
    rights in respect of the copyright.
               xxx xxx xxx
    35. The copyright subsists in a computer program. It is not only
    unauthorised reproduction but also the storage of a program in a
    computer constitutes copyright infringement. Copying a literary            G
    work (such as a computer program) includes storing the work in
    any medium by electronic means. Copying includes the making of
    copies which are transient or some other use of the work.
               xxx xxx xxx
                                                                               H
438      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                              [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     39. It is no doubt true the provisions of the DTAA overrides the
      provisions of the Income-tax Act. In the DTAA the term ‘royalty’
      means payments of any kind received as a consideration for the
      use or the right to use any copyright of literary, artistic or scientific
      work whereas in the Income-tax Act, royalty means consideration
      for the transfer of all or any rights including the granting of a
B
      licence. Therefore, under the DTAA to constitute royalty there
      need not be any transfer of or any rights in respect of any copyright.
      It is sufficient if consideration is received for use of or the right to
      use any copyright. Therefore, if the definition of royalty in the
      DTAA is taken into consideration it is not necessary there should
C     be a transfer of any exclusive right. A mere right to use or the use
      of a copyright falls within the mischief of Explanation
      (2) to clause (v) of sub-section (1) of section 9 and is liable to tax.
      Therefore, we do not see any substance in the said contention.
                 xxx xxx xxx
D
      43. A licence is a permission to do something that would otherwise
      be unlawful. The question arises, therefore, as to what legal
      permission is granted by a software licence. The answer is, briefly,
      that in some cases the licence will be a permission to use
      confidential information, and in virtually [...] all cases it will be a
E     permission to copy a copyright work. If the software has been
      kept secret by the producer, or only supplied on conditions of
      confidentiality and has not been published too widely, then the
      software licence will be akin to a licence of confidential information
      or know-how. The owner or licensor of a copyright, has a right to
F     grant permission to use the software or a computer programme,
      in respect of which they have a copyright, without transferring
      the right in copyright. It is one of the right[s] of a copyright owner
      or licensor. Without such right being transferred, the end-user has
      no right to use the software or computer programme. If he uses
      it, it amounts to infringement of copyright. For transfer of such
G     right if consideration is paid, it is not a consideration for transfer
      of a copyright but for use of intellectual property embedded in the
      copyright, and therefore it is for transfer of one of those rights of
      the owner of the copyright. It is not a right in copyright but it is in
      respect of a copyright. When a copyrighted article is sold also,
H     the end-user gets the right to use the intellectual property embedded
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                  439
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

          in the copyright and not a right in the copyright as such. Therefore         A
          the mode adopted or the terminology given is not decisive to decide
          the nature of transfer. Ultimately, it is the substance which has to
          be looked into.”
       105. The reasoning of the High Court of Karnataka in Synopsis
Intl. (supra) does not commend itself to us. First and foremost, as held               B
in State of Madras v. Swastik Tobacco Factory, (1966) 3 SCR 79,
the expression “in respect of”, when used in a taxation statute, is only
synonymous with the words “on” or “attributable to”. Such meaning
accords with the meaning to be given to the expression “in respect of”
contained in explanation 2(v) to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax
Act, and would not in any manner make the expression otiose, as has                    C
wrongly been held by the High Court of Karnataka.
       106. Secondly, section 16 of the Copyright Act, which states that
“no person shall be entitled to copyright…otherwise than under and in
accordance with the provisions of this Act or of any other law for the
time being in force” has been completely missed, thus making it clear                  D
that the expression “copyright” has to be understood only as is stated in
section 14 of the Copyright Act and not otherwise.
      107. Thirdly, when it comes to computer programmes, the High
Court in Synopsis Intl. (supra) was wholly incorrect in stating that the
storage of a computer programme per se would constitute infringement                   E
of copyright. This, again, would directly be contrary to the terms of
section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act.
       108. Fourthly, the High Court is not correct in referring to section
9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act after considering it in the manner that it
has and then applying it to interpret the provisions under the Convention              F
between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government
of Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and for the Prevention
of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income And Capital Gains,41
[“India-Ireland DTAA”]. Article 12 of the aforesaid treaty defining
“royalties” would alone be relevant to determine taxability under the                  G
DTAA, as it is more beneficial to the assessee as compared to section
9(1)(vi) of the Income Tax Act, as construed by the High Court. Here
again, section 90(2) of the Income Tax Act, read with explanation 4
thereof, has not been properly appreciated.
41
     Notification : No. GSR 105(E) [45/2002 (F. No. 503/6/99-FTD)], dated 20-2-2002.   H
440             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A             109. Fifthly, the finding that when a copyrighted article is sold,
      the end-user gets the right to use the intellectual property rights embodied
      in the copyright which would therefore amount to transfer of an exclusive
      right of the copyright owner in the work, is also wholly incorrect.
            For all these reasons, therefore, the judgment of the High Court
B     of Karnataka in Synopsis Intl. (supra) also does not state the law
      correctly.
             110. A series of judgments by the High Court of Delhi have dealt
      with the same question that now lies before us. In Director of Income
      Tax v. Ericsson A.B., (2012) 343 ITR 470 [“Ericsson A.B.”], which
C     happens to be impugned in C.A. Nos. 6386-6387/2016 before us, the
      assessee was a company incorporated in Sweden which entered into an
      agreement with Indian cellular operators, pursuant to which the assessee
      supplied various equipment (hardware) embedded with software to the
      said cellular operators. The High Court in this case, found:

D           “Once we proceed on the basis of aforesaid factual findings, it is
            difficult to hold that payment made to the assessee was in the
            nature of royalty either under the Income-Tax Act or under the
            DTAA. We have to keep in mind what was sold by the assessee
            to the Indian customers was a GSM which consisted both of the
            hardware as well as the software, therefore, the Tribunal is right
E           in holding that it was not permissible for the Revenue to assess
            the same under two different articles. The software that was
            loaded on the hardware did not have any independent existence.
            The software supply is an integral part of the GSM mobile
            telephone system and is used by the cellular operator for providing
F           the cellular services to its customers. There could not be any
            independent use of such software. The software is embodied in
            the system and the revenue accepts that it could not be used
            independently. This software merely facilitates the functioning of
            the equipment and is an integral part thereof. On these facts, it
            would be useful to refer to the judgment of the Supreme Court in
G           TATA Consultancy Services v. State of Andhra Pradesh, 271
            ITR 401, wherein the Apex Court held that software which is
            incorporated on a media would be goods and, therefore, liable to
            sales tax. Following discussion in this behalf is required to be noted:-

H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        441
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       “In our view, the term “goods” as used in Article 366(12) of         A
       the Constitution of India and as defined under the said Act are
       very wide and include all types of movable properties, whether
       those properties be tangible or intangible. We are in complete
       agreement with the observations made by this Court in
       Associated Cement Companies Ltd. (supra). A software
                                                                            B
       programme may consist of various commands which enable
       the computer to perform a designated task. The copyright in
       that programme may remain with the originator of the
       programme. But the moment copies are made and marketed,
       it becomes goods, which are susceptible to sales tax. Even
       intellectual property, once it is put on to a media, whether it be   C
       in the form of books or canvas (In case of painting) or computer
       discs or cassettes, and marketed would become “goods”. We
       see no difference between a sale of a software programme on
       a CD/floppy disc from a sale of music on a cassette/CD or a
       sale of a film on a video cassette/CD. In all such cases, the
                                                                            D
       intellectual property has been incorporated on a media for
       purposes of transfer. Sale is not just of the media which by
       itself has very little value. The software and the media cannot
       be split up. What the buyer purchases and pays for is not the
       disc or the CD. As in the case of paintings or books or music
       or films the buyer is purchasing the intellectual property and       E
       not the media i.e. the paper or cassette or disc or CD. Thus a
       transaction sale of computer software is clearly a sale of
       “goods” within the meaning of the term as defined in the said
       Act. The term “all materials, articles and commodities” includes
       both tangible and intangible/incorporeal property which is
                                                                            F
       capable of abstraction, consumption and use and which can be
       transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored, possessed etc. The
       software programmes have all these attributes.”
    In Advent Systems Ltd. v. Unisys Corpn, 925 F. 2d 670 (3rd Cir.
    1991), relied on by Mr. Sorabjee, the court was concerned with
    interpretation of uniform civil code which “applied to transactions     G
    in goods”. The goods therein were defined as “all things (including
    specially manufactured goods) which are moveable at the time of
    the identification for sale”. It was held:
       “Computer programs are the product of an intellectual process,
       but once implanted in a medium are widely distributed to             H
442      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A        computer owners. An analogy can be drawn to a compact
         disc recording of an orchestral rendition. The music is produced
         by the artistry of musicians and in itself is not a “good”, but
         when transferred to a laser- readable disc becomes a readily
         merchantable commodity. Similarly, when a professor delivers
         a lecture, it is not a good, but, when transcribed as a book, it
B
         becomes a good.
         That a computer program may be copyrightable as intellectual
         property does not alter the fact that once in the form of a
         floppy disc or other medium, the program is tangible, moveable
         and available in the marketplace. The fact that some programs
C        may be tailored for specific purposes need not alter their status
         as “goods” because the Code definition includes “specially
         manufactured goods.”
      A fortiorari when the assessee supplies the software which is
      incorporated on a CD, it has supplied tangible property and the
D     payment made by the cellular operator for acquiring such property
      cannot be regarded as a payment by way of royalty.
                                                         (pages 499-500)
      “Be that as it may, in order to qualify as royalty payment, within
E     the meaning of Section 9(1)(vi) and particularly clause (v) of
      Explanation-II thereto, it is necessary to establish that there is
      transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of any license)
      in respect of copyright of a literary, artistic or scientific work.
      Section 2(o) of the Copyright Act makes it clear that a computer
      programme is to be regarded as a ‘literary work’. Thus, in order
F     to treat the consideration paid by the cellular operator as royalty,
      it is to be established that the cellular operator, by making such
      payment, obtains all or any of the copyright rights of such literary
      work. In the presence case, this has not been established. It is not
      even the case of the Revenue that any right contemplated under
G     Section 14 of the Copyright Act, 1957 stood vested in this cellular
      operator as a consequence of Article 20 of the Supply Contract.
      Distinction has to be made between the acquisition of a “copyright
      right” and a “copyrighted article”.
      Mr. Dastur is right in this submission which is based on the
      commentary on the OECD Model Convention. Such a distinction
H
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                   443
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       has been accepted in a recent ruling of the Authority for Advance                A
       Ruling (AAR) in Dassault Systems KK 229 CTR 125. We also
       find force in the submission of Mr. Dastur that even assuming the
       payment made by the cellular operator is regarded as a payment
       by way of royalty as defined in Explanation 2 below Section
       9(1)(vi), nevertheless, it can never be regarded as royalty within
                                                                                        B
       the meaning of the said term in article 13, para 3 of the DTAA.
       This is so because the definition in the DTAA is narrower than
       the definition in the Act. Article 13(3) brings within the ambit of
       the definition of royalty a payment made for the use of or the right
       to use a copyright of a literary work. Therefore, what is
       contemplated is a payment that is dependent upon user of the                     C
       copyright and not a lump sum payment as is the position in the
       present case.
       We thus hold that payment received by the assessee was towards
       the title and GSM system of which software was an inseparable
       parts incapable of independent use and it was a contract for supply              D
       of goods. Therefore, no part of the payment therefore can be
       classified as payment towards royalty.”
                                                                 (pages 501-502)
       111. This judgment was followed in Director of Income Tax v.
Nokia Networks OY, (2013) 358 ITR 259 [“Nokia Networks                                  E
OY”],42 with the High Court of Delhi, adverting, this time, to the further
expanded definition of “royalty” that is contained in the retrospective
amendment that inserted explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Income
Tax Act. In this case, the High Court was concerned with the Agreement
between the Republic of India and the Republic of Finland for the                       F
Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion
with respect to Taxes on Income,43 [“India-Finland DTAA”]. After
setting out the rationale for the clarificatory amendment made vide the
Finance Act 2012, the High Court held :
       “He, thus submitted that the question of “copyrighted article” or                G
       actual copyright does not arise in the context of software both in
       the DTAA and in the Income Tax Act since the right to use
       simpliciter of a software program itself is a part of the copyright
42
   This judgment has been relied upon by various judgments of the High Court of Delhi
impugned in the appeals before us.
43
   Notification No. 36/2010 [F. No. 501/13/1980-FTD-I], dated 20-5-2010.                H
444              SUPREME COURT REPORTS                                [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            in the software irrespective of whether or not a further right to
             make copies is granted. The decision of the Delhi Bench of the
             ITAT has dealt with this aspect in its judgment in Gracemac Co.
             v. ADIT 134 TTJ (Delhi) 257 pointing out that even software
             bought off the shelf, does not constitute a “copyrighted article” as
             sought to be made out by the Special Bench of the ITAT in the
B
             present case. However, the above argument misses the vital point
             namely the assessee has opted to be governed by the treaty and
             the language of the said treaty differs from the amended Section
             9 of the Act. It is categorically held in CIT v. Siemens
             Aktiongesellschaft, 310 ITR 320 (Bom) that the amendments
C            cannot be read into the treaty. On the wording of the treaty, we
             have already held in Ericsson (supra) that a copyrighted article
             does not fall within the purview of Royalty. Therefore, we decide
             question of law no. 1 & 2 in favour of the assessee and against
             the Revenue.”
                                                                     (page 281)
D
            The High Court then followed its own judgment in Ericsson A.B.
      (supra), deciding the case in favour of the assessee.
             112. In Director of Income Tax v. Infrasoft Ltd., (2014) 264
      CTR 329 [“Infrasoft”],44 a Division Bench of the High Court of Delhi,
E     by an exhaustive analysis of the provisions contained the India-USA
      DTAA, the Income Tax Act and the Copyright Act, dealt with a situation
      in which the assessee who was primarily into the business of developing
      and manufacturing civil engineering software, licensed the said software
      to persons engaged in civil engineering work in India. The High Court
      referred to a decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT (New Delhi) in
F     Motorola Inc. v. Deputy CIT, dated 22.06.2005 [“Motorola (ITAT)”]
      as follows:
             “65. The issue whether consideration for software was royalty
             came up for consideration before the Special Bench of the Tribunal
             in Delhi in the case of Motorola Inc v. Deputy Cit And Deputy
G            Cit V. Nokia (2005) 147 TAXMAN 39 (DELHI). The Tribunal
             has held as under:
                 155. It appears to us from a close examination of the manner
                 in which the case has proceeded before the Income-tax
      44
        This judgment has been relied upon by various judgments of the High Court of Delhi
H     impugned in the appeals before us.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                       445
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      authorities and the arguments addressed before us that the           A
      crux of the issue is whether the payment is for a copyright or
      for a copyrighted article. If it is for copyright, it should be
      classified as royalty both under the Income-tax Act and under
      the DTAA and it would be taxable in the hands of the Assessee
      on that basis. If the payment is really for a copyrighted article,
                                                                           B
      then it only represents the purchase price of the article and,
      therefore, cannot be considered as royalty either under the
      Act or under the DTAA. This issue really is the key to the
      entire controversy and we may now proceed to address this
      issue.
      156. We must look into the meaning of the word “copyright”           C
      as given in the Copyright Act, 1957. Section 14 of this Act
      defines “Copyright” as “the exclusive right subject to the
      provisions of this Act, to do or authorize the doing of any of the
      following acts in respect of a work or any substantial part
      thereof [ … ]                                                        D
      It is clear from the above definition that a computer programme
      mentioned in Clause (b) of the section has all the rights
      mentioned in Clause (a) and in addition also the right to sell or
      give on commercial rental or offer for sale or for commercial
      rental any copy of the computer programme. This additional           E
      right was substituted w.e.f. 15.1.2000. The difference between
      the earlier provision and the present one is not of any relevance.
      What is to be noted is that the right mentioned in Sub-clause
      (ii) of Clause (b) of Section 14 is available only to the owner of
      the computer programme. It follows that if any of the cellular
      operators does not have any of the rights mentioned in Clauses       F
      (a) and (b) of Section 14, it would mean that it does not have
      any right in a copyright. In that case, the payment made by the
      cellular operator cannot be characterized as royalty either under
      the Income-tax Act or under the DTAA. The question,
      therefore, to be answered is whether any of the operators can        G
      exercise any of the rights mentioned in the above provisions
      with reference to the software supplied by the Assessee.
      157. We may first look at the supply contract itself to find out
      what JTM, one of the cellular operators, can rightfully do with
      reference to the software. We may remind ourselves that JTM          H
446            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A              is taken as a representative of all the cellular operators and
               that it was common ground before us that all the contracts
               with the cellular operators are substantially the same. Clause
               20.1 of the Agreement, under the title “License”, says that
               JTM is granted a non-exclusive restricted license to use the
               software and documentation but only for its own operation
B              and maintenance of the system and not otherwise. This clause
               appears to militate against the position, if it were a copyright,
               that the holder of the copyright can do anything with respect to
               the same in the public domain. What JTM is permitted to do is
               only to use the software for the purpose of its own operation
C              and maintenance of the system. There is a clear bar on the
               software being used by JTM in the public domain or for the
               purpose of commercial exploitation.
               158. Secondly, under the definition of “copyright” in Section
               14 of the Copyright Act, the emphasis is that it is an exclusive
D              right granted to the holder thereof. This condition is not satisfied
               in the case of JTM because the license granted to it by the
               Assessee is expressly stated in Clause 20.1 as a “non exclusive
               restricted license”. This means that the supplier of the software,
               namely, the Assessee, can supply similar software to any
               number of cellular operators to which JTM can have no
E              objection and further all the cellular operators can use the
               software only for the purpose of their own operation and
               maintenance of the system and not for any other purpose. The
               user of the software by the cellular operators in the public
               domain is totally prohibited, which is evident from the use of
               the words in Article 20.1 of the agreement, “restricted” and
F
               “not otherwise”. Thus JTM has a very limited right so far as
               the use of software is concerned. It needs no repetition to
               clarify that JTM has not been given any of the seven rights
               mentioned in Clause (a) of Section 14 or the additional right
               mentioned in Sub-clause (ii) of Clause (b) of the section which
G              relates to a computer programme and, therefore, what JTM or
               any other cellular operator has acquired under the agreement
               is not a copyright but is only a copyrighted article.””
                                                                (pages 362-364)
            113. Further, the Court noted that the same argument that found
H     favour with the AAR in Citrix Systems (AAR) (supra) was pressed
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             447
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

into service by the learned senior counsel who appeared for the Revenue          A
in the case of Motorola (ITAT) (supra), and this was correctly turned
down as follows:
      “163. We may now briefly deal with the objections of Mr. G.C.
      Sharma, the learned senior counsel for the Department. He
      contended that if a person owns a copyrighted article then he              B
      automatically has a right over the copyright also. With respect,
      this objection does not appear to us to be correct. Mr. Dastur filed
      an extract from Iyengar’s Copyright Act (3rd Edition) edited by
      R.G. Chaturvedi. The following observations of the author are on
      the point:
                                                                                 C
         “(h) Copyright is distinct from the material object, copyrighted:
         It is an intangible incorporeal right in the nature of a privilege,
         quite independent of any material substance, such as a
         manuscript. The copyright owner may dispose of it on such
         terms as he may see fit. He has an individual right of exclusive        D
         enjoyment. The transfer of the manuscript does not, of itself,
         serve to transfer the copyright therein. The transfer of the
         ownership of a physical thing in which copyright exists gives
         to the purchaser the right to do with it (the physical thing)
         whatever he pleases, except the right to make copies and issue
         them to the public” (underline is ours).”                               E

      The above observations of the author show that one cannot have
      the copyright right without the copyrighted article but at the same
      time just because one has the copyrighted article, it does not follow
      that one has also the copyright in it. Mr. Sharma’s objection cannot
      be accepted.”                                                              F
                                                          (pages 365-366)
       114. Referring to the High Court’s earlier judgments in Ericsson
A.B. (supra) and Nokia Networks OY (supra) and the determinations
of the AAR in Dassault (AAR) (supra) and Geoquest (AAR) (supra),
the High Court concluded:                                                        G
      “87. In order to qualify as royalty payment, it is necessary to
      establish that there is transfer of all or any rights (including the
      granting of any licence) in respect of copyright of a literary, artistic
      or scientific work. In order to treat the consideration paid by the
      Licensee as royalty, it is to be established that the licensee, by         H
448      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     making such payment, obtains all or any of the copyright rights of
      such literary work. Distinction has to be made between the
      acquisition of a “copyright right” and a “copyrighted article”.
      Copyright is distinct from the material object, copyrighted.
      Copyright is an intangible incorporeal right in the nature of a
      privilege, quite independent of any material substance, such as a
B
      manuscript. Just because one has the copyrighted article, it does
      not follow that one has also the copyright in it. It does not amount
      to transfer of all or any right including licence in respect of
      copyright. Copyright or even right to use copyright is distinguishable
      from sale consideration paid for “copyrighted” article. This sale
C     consideration is for purchase of goods and is not royalty.
      88. The license granted by the Assessee is limited to those
      necessary to enable the licensee to operate the program. The
      rights transferred are specific to the nature of computer programs.
      Copying the program onto the computer’s hard drive or random
D     access memory or making an archival copy is an essential step in
      utilizing the program. Therefore, rights in relation to these acts of
      copying, where they do no more than enable the effective operation
      of the program by the user, should be disregarded in analyzing the
      character of the transaction for tax purposes. Payments in these
      types of transactions would be dealt with as business income in
E     accordance with Article 7.
      89. There is a clear distinction between royalty paid on transfer
      of copyright rights and consideration for transfer of copyrighted
      articles. Right to use a copyrighted article or product with the
      owner retaining his copyright, is not the same thing as transferring
F     or assigning rights in relation to the copyright. The enjoyment of
      some or all the rights which the copyright owner has, is necessary
      to invoke the royalty definition. Viewed from this angle, a non-
      exclusive and non- transferable licence enabling the use of a
      copyrighted product cannot be construed as an authority to enjoy
G     any or all of the enumerated rights ingrained in Article 12 of DTAA.
      Where the purpose of the licence or the transaction is only to
      restrict use of the copyrighted product for internal business purpose,
      it would not be legally correct to state that the copyright itself or
      right to use copyright has been transferred to any extent. The
      parting of intellectual property rights inherent in and attached to
H     the software product in favour of the licensee/customer is what is
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          449
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

     contemplated by the Treaty. Merely authorizing or enabling a             A
     customer to have the benefit of data or instructions contained
     therein without any further right to deal with them independently
     does not, amount to transfer of rights in relation to copyright or
     conferment of the right of using the copyright. The transfer of
     rights in or over copyright or the conferment of the right of use of
                                                                              B
     copyright implies that the transferee/licensee should acquire rights
     either in entirety or partially co-extensive with the owner/transferor
     who divests himself of the rights he possesses pro tanto.”
                                                         (pages 385-386)
      115. The High Court of Delhi also expressed its disagreement            C
with the impugned judgment of the High Court of Karnataka dated
15.10.2011, in CIT v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., (2012) 345
ITR 494, as follows:
     “96. The amount received by the Assessee under the licence
     agreement for allowing the use of the software is not royalty under      D
     the DTAA.
     97. What is transferred is neither the copyright in the software
     nor the use of the copyright in the software, but what is transferred
     is the right to use the copyrighted material or article which is
     clearly distinct from the rights in a copyright. The right that is       E
     transferred is not a right to use the copyright but is only limited to
     the right to use the copyrighted material and the same does not
     give rise to any royalty income and would be business income.
     98. We are not in agreement with the decision of the [Karnataka]
     High Court in the case of SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO. LTD                    F
     (SUPRA) that right to make a copy of the software and storing
     the same in the hard disk of the designated computer and taking
     backup copy would amount to copyright work under section 14(1)
     of the Copyright Act and the payment made for the grant of the
     licence for the said purpose would constitute royalty. The license
     granted to the licensee permitting him to download the computer          G
     programme and storing it in the computer for his own use was
     only incidental to the facility extended to the licensee to make use
     of the copyrighted product for his internal business purpose. The
     said process was necessary to make the programme functional
     and to have access to it and is qualitatively different from the
                                                                              H
450              SUPREME COURT REPORTS                                [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            right contemplated by the said provision because it is only integral
             to the use of copyrighted product. The right to make a backup
             copy purely as a temporary protection against loss, destruction or
             damage has been held by the Delhi High Court in DIT v. Nokia
             Networks OY (Supra) as not amounting to acquiring a copyright
             in the software.”
B
                                                                             (page 388)
             116. Likewise, in CIT v. ZTE Corporation, (2017) 392 ITR
      80 [“ZTE”],45 a Division Bench of the High Court of Delhi dealt with
      the India-China DTAA and after referring to its earlier judgments, held
C     as follows:
             “The misconception that the revenue harbors stems from its flawed
             appreciation of a copyright license. True, “copyright” is not
             defined; yet what works are capable of copyright protection
             is spelt out in the Copyright Act. Sections 13 and 14 of the
D            Copyright Act flesh out the essential ingredients that make
             copyright a property right.”
                                                                    (page 93)
             “Thus, Section 14 categorically provides that copyright “means
             the exclusive right to do or authorizing the doing of any of
E            the acts mentioned in Section 14 (a) to (e) or any “substantial
             part thereof”. The content of copyright in respect of computer
             programmes is spelt out in Section 14 (b). A joint reading of the
             controlling provisions of the earlier part of Section 14 with clause
             (b) implies that in the case of computer programs, copyright would
             mean the doing or authorizing the doing-in respect of work (i.e.
F            the programme) or any substantial part thereof —
                 (b) In the case of a computer programme,-
                 (i) to do any of the acts specified in clause (a)
                 (ii) to sell or give on commercial rental or offer for sale or for
G                commercial rental any copy of the computer programme:
                 Provided that such commercial rental does not apply in respect
                 of computer programmes where the programme itself is not
                 the essential object of the rental.
      45
        This judgment has been relied upon by various judgments of the High Court of Delhi
H     impugned in the appeals before us.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            451
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    The reference to clause (a) and (b) means that all the rights which         A
    are in literary works i.e.”(i) to reproduce the work in any material
    form including the storing of it in any medium by electronic means;
    (ii) to issue copies of the work to the public not being copies already
    in circulation; (iii) to perform the work in public, or communicate
    it to the public; (iv) to make any cinematograph film or sound
                                                                                B
    recording in respect of the work; (v) to make any translation of
    the work; (vi) to make any adaptation of the work; (vii) to do, in
    relation to a translation or an adaptation of the work, any of the
    acts specified in relation to the work in sub clauses (i) to (vi)”
    inhere in the owner of copyright of a computer programme.
    Therefore, the copyright owner ’s rights are spelt out                      C
    comprehensively by this provision. In the context of the facts of
    this case, the assessee is the copyright proprietor; it made available,
    through one time license fee, the software to its customers; this
    software without the hardware which was sold, is useless.
    Conversely the hardware sold by the assessee to its customers is
                                                                                D
    also valueless and cannot be used without such software. This
    analysis is to show that what was conveyed to its customers by
    the assessee bears a close resemblance to goods-significantly
    enough, Section 14(1) talks of sale or rental of a “copy”. The
    question of conveying or parting with copyright in the software
    itself would mean that the copyright proprietor has to assign it,           E
    divesting itself of the title implying that it has divested itself of all
    the rights under Section 14. This would mean an outright sale of
    the copyright or assignment, under Section 18 of the Act. Section
    16 of the Copyright Act enacts that there cannot be any other
    kind of right termed as “copyright”.
                                                                                F
    In the present case, the facts are closely similar to Ericsson. The
    supplies made (of the software) enabled the use of the hardware
    sold. It was not disputed that without the software, hardware use
    was not possible. The mere fact that separate invoicing was done
    for purchase and other transactions did not imply that it was royalty
    payment. In such cases, the nomenclature (of license or some                G
    other fee) is indeterminate of the true nature. Nor is the
    circumstance that updates of the software are routinely given to
    the assessee’s customers. These facts do not detract from the
    nature of the transaction, which was supply of software, in the
    nature of articles or goods. This court is also not persuaded with          H
452               SUPREME COURT REPORTS                          [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           the submission that the payments, if not royalty, amounted to
            payments for the use of machinery or equipment. Such a
            submission was never advanced before any of the lower tax
            authorities; moreover, even in Ericsson (supra), a similar provision
            existed in the DTAA between India and Sweden.”
B                                                                  (pages 95-96)
            117. The conclusions that can be derived on a reading of the
      aforesaid judgments are as follows:
           i)      Copyright is an exclusive right, which is negative in nature,
                   being a right to restrict others from doing certain acts.
C
           ii)     Copyright is an intangible, incorporeal right, in the nature of
                   a privilege, which is quite independent of any material
                   substance. Ownership of copyright in a work is different
                   from the ownership of the physical material in which the
                   copyrighted work may happen to be embodied. An obvious
D                  example is the purchaser of a book or a CD/DVD, who
                   becomes the owner of the physical article, but does not
                   become the owner of the copyright inherent in the work,
                   such copyright remaining exclusively with the owner.
           iii)    Parting with copyright entails parting with the right to do any
E                  of the acts mentioned in section 14 of the Copyright Act.
                   The transfer of the material substance does not, of itself,
                   serve to transfer the copyright therein. The transfer of the
                   ownership of the physical substance, in which copyright
                   subsists, gives the purchaser the right to do with it whatever
F                  he pleases, except the right to reproduce the same and issue
                   it to the public, unless such copies are already in circulation,
                   and the other acts mentioned in section 14 of the Copyright
                   Act.
           iv)     A licence from a copyright owner, conferring no proprietary
                   interest on the licensee, does not entail parting with any
G
                   copyright, and is different from a licence issued under section
                   30 of the Copyright Act, which is a licence which grants the
                   licensee an interest in the rights mentioned in section 14(a)
                   and 14(b) of the Copyright Act. Where the core of a
                   transaction is to authorize the end-user to have access to
H                  and make use of the “licensed” computer software product
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            453
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

            over which the licensee has no exclusive rights, no copyright       A
            is parted with and consequently, no infringement takes place,
            as is recognized by section 52(1)(aa) of the Copyright Act.
            It makes no difference whether the end-user is enabled to
            use computer software that is customised to its specifications
            or otherwise.
                                                                                B
      v)    A non-exclusive, non-transferable licence, merely enabling
            the use of a copyrighted product, is in the nature of restrictive
            conditions which are ancillary to such use, and cannot be
            construed as a licence to enjoy all or any of the enumerated
            rights mentioned in section 14 of the Copyright Act, or create
            any interest in any such rights so as to attract section 30 of      C
            the Copyright Act.
      vi)   The right to reproduce and the right to use computer software
            are distinct and separate rights, as has been recognized in
            SBI v. Collector of Customs, 2000 (1) SCC 727 (see
            paragraph 21), the former amounting to parting with copyright       D
            and the latter, in the context of non-exclusive EULAs, not
            being so.
      118. Consequently, the view contained in the determinations of
the AAR in Dassault (AAR) (supra) and Geoquest (AAR) (supra)
and the judgments of the High Court of Delhi in Ericsson A.B. (supra),          E
Nokia Networks OY (supra), Infrasoft (supra), ZTE (supra), state
the law correctly and have our express approval. We may add that the
view expressed in the aforesaid judgments and determinations also
accords with the OECD Commentary on which most of India’s DTAAs
are based.                                                                      F
   DOCTRINE              OF     FIRST       SALE/PRINCIPLE              OF
EXHAUSTION
       119. The learned Additional Solicitor General argued that on the
facts of these cases, the doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion
would have no application inasmuch as this doctrine is not statutorily          G
recognised in section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act. This being so, since
the distributors of copyrighted software “license” or sell such computer
software to end-users, there would be a parting of a right or interest in
copyright inasmuch as such “license” or sale would then be hit by section
14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act.
                                                                                H
454             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                             [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           120. As has been mentioned hereinabove, section 14(b)(ii) of the
      Copyright Act was amended twice, first in 1994 and then again in 1999,
      with effect from 15.01.2000. Prior to the 1999 Amendment, section
      14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act read as follows:
             “(ii) to sell or give on hire, or offer for sale or hire any copy of the
B            computer programme, regardless of whether such copy has been
             sold or given on hire on earlier occasions;”
                                                              (emphasis supplied)
              After the 1999 Amendment, what is conspicuous by its absence
      is the phrase “regardless of whether such copy has been sold or given
C     on hire on earlier occasions”. This is a statutory recognition of the doctrine
      of first sale/principle of exhaustion.
            121. The doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion is explained
      by the locus classicus on this subject, Copinger and Skone James on
      Copyright (14th Edition) (1999), as follows:
D
             “The distribution right: general. One of the acts restricted by
             the copyright in all work is the issue of the original or copies of the
             work to the public, often called the “distribution right”. This right
             is provided for in section 18 of the 1988 Act. Infringement of the
             distribution right is a primary infringement under UK law, and so
E            there is no need to prove knowledge or reason to believe that the
             copy in question is infringing. Thus it is a powerful weapon against
             those at the top of a chain of distribution. In accordance with
             general principles, section 18 must be interpreted so far as possible
             in such a way as to conform with relevant EU Directives, in this
F            instance, the Software Directive and the Information Society
             Directive. Recent case law of the CJEU has made a conforming
             interpretation more difficult. An important aspect of the distribution
             right is that it is exhausted in relation to a particular article by the
             first sale (and, in the case of the Information Society Directive,
             the first transfer of ownership) of that article in the Community
G            by the rightholder or with his consent. For the purposes of the
             Software Directive, certain forms of distribution of electronic
             copies are considered to exhaust the distribution right in respect
             of such copies.”
                                                                  (pages 613-614)
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        455
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    “Exhaustion of the distribution right: tangible objects.                A
    Exhaustion applies to the tangible object into which a protected
    work or its copy is incorporated if it has been placed on the market
    with the copyright holder’s consent. In the case of artistic works,
    the consent of the copyright holder does not cover the distribution
    of an object incorporating his work if that object has been altered
                                                                            B
    after its initial marketing in such a way that it constitutes a new
    reproduction of the work; in such an event, the distribution right is
    exhausted only upon the first sale or transfer of ownership of that
    new object with the consent of the rightholder. Accordingly, where
    a defendant (without the licence of the rightholder) transferred
    an image of a work of a famous painter from a poster onto canvas        C
    by physically lifting the ink from the poster, producing a result
    closer to the original and leaving a blank piece of paper behind,
    and this amounted to copying, the rightholder’s distribution right
    had not been exhausted.
    Exhaustion: computer programs. Similar considerations apply             D
    in relation to tangible copies of computer programs as to other
    works: the first sale of a copy of a program by the rightholder or
    with his consent exhausts the distribution right with the exception
    of the right to control further rental of the program or a copy
    thereof. As to copies made available in intangible form (e.g. by
    downloading from a website), for these purposes the word “sale”         E
    is to be given an autonomous Community interpretation. Where a
    seller makes a program available for download under a licence
    for an unlimited period in return for a licence fee, the intention is
    to make the copy usable by the customer, permanently, in return
    for payment of a fee designed to enable the copyright owner to          F
    obtain a remuneration corresponding to the economic value of the
    copy of the work. Accordingly, that amounts to a transfer of the
    right of ownership of the copy in question and thus a sale for the
    purposes of the exhaustion of the distribution right. The same
    applies if the copy is made available by means of a material
    medium such as a CD- ROM or DVD and if the download is free             G
    but the licence is granted and paid for separately. It does not
    matter if the software is the subject of a maintenance agreement:
    the exhaustion applies to the copy as corrected and updated
    pursuant to the agreement. Any other interpretation would
    undermine the effectiveness of article 4(2) of the Directive since      H
456                 SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A               suppliers would merely have to call a contract a licence rather
                than a sale in order to circumvent the rule of exhaustion and divest
                it of all scope. The result is that a purchaser from the original
                licensee and any subsequent acquirer are lawful acquirers of the
                software for the purposes of article 5(1) of the Software Directive
                and benefit from the right of reproduction provided for in that
B
                provision.”
                                                                     (pages 621-622)
            122. In Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. v. Santosh V.G.,
      CS (OS) No. 1682/2006 [“Warner Bros.”] reported in 2009 SCC
C     OnLine Del 835, a Single Judge of the High Court of Delhi dealt with
      copyright in a cinematograph film, as a result of which, section 14(d)(ii)
      of the Copyright Act, before it was amended in 2012,46 came up for
      consideration. The said section, prior to being amended in 2012, read as
      follows:

D               “14. Meaning of Copyright.— For the purposes of this Act,
                “copyright” means the exclusive right subject to the provisions of
                this Act, to do or authorise the doing of any of the following acts
                in respect of a work or any substantial part thereof, namely
                            xxx xxx xxx
E                   (d) in the case of a cinematograph film,— xxx xxx xxx
                        (ii) to sell or give on hire or offer for sale or hire, any copy
                        of the film, regardless of whether such copy has been sold
                        or given on hire on earlier occasion”
             123. The learned Single Judge of the High Court of Delhi explained
F
      the principle of exhaustion as follows:
                “57. The doctrine of exhaustion of copyright enables free trade in
                material objects on which copies of protected works have been
                fixed and put into circulation with the right holder’s consent. The
                “exhaustion” principle in a sense arbitrates the conflict between
G               the right to own a copy of a work and the author’s right to control
                the distribution of copies. Exhaustion is decisive with respect to
                the priority of ownership and the freedom to trade in material
                carriers on the condition that a copy has been legally brought into
      46
           By Act 27 of 2012, s. 5(ii)(b) (w.e.f. 21.06.2012).
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                              457
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      trading. Transfer of ownership of a carrier with a copy of a work           A
      fixed on it makes it impossible for the owner to derive further
      benefits from the exploitation of a copy that was traded with his
      consent. The exhaustion principle is thus termed legitimate by
      reason of the profits earned for the ownership transfer, which
      should be satisfactory to the author if the work is not being exploited
                                                                                  B
      in a different exploitation field.
      58. Exhaustion of rights is linked to the distribution right. The
      right to distribute objects (making them available to the public)
      means that such objects (or the medium on which a work is fixed)
      are released by or with the consent of the owner as a result of the
      transfer of ownership. In this way, the owner is in control of the          C
      distribution of copies since he decides the time and the form in
      which copies are released to the public. Content-wise the
      distribution right are to be understood as an opportunity to provide
      the public with copies of a work and put them into circulation, as
      well as to control the way the copies are used. The exhaustion of           D
      rights principle thus limits the distribution right, by excluding control
      over the use of copies after they have been put into circulation for
      the first time.”
                                                      (emphasis in original)
      124. The learned Single Judge then arrived at the following                 E
conclusion:
      “62. … The court is of opinion therefore that the existence or
      applicability of the “exhaustion” principle cannot be inferred
      automatically; it would have to depend on the situation, and the
      structure of the legislation in question.”                                  F
      125. Coming to section 14(a)(ii) of the Copyright Act, the learned
Single Judge then held:
      “63. The defendant in this case, accepts that the renting/hiring of
      films carried on by it is without the plaintiffs’ license. The Plaintiffs
                                                                                  G
      urge that since the importation, for the purpose of renting of these
      cinematographic films has not been authorized by them in India,
      the copies are infringing copies. Hence their import would be barred
      under Section 51(b)(iv). The defendant’s argument, however, is
      that the copies were legitimately purchased in the course of trade;
      they are rental copies, and can be used for purpose of renting, in          H
458            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                               [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           India. He says that the device of zoning, whereby the plaintiffs
            restrict the licensee owner to use it in territories other than what
            is indicated by them, is artificial, and unenforceable. Such “long
            arm” conditions are inapplicable. Particular reference is made to
            the explanation to Section 14, which describes the content of
            copyright; it clarifies that “For the purposes of this section, a
B
            copy which has been sold once shall be deemed to be a copy
            already in circulation.” Though attractive, this contention is
            unfeasible for more than one reason. The reference to copies in
            circulation is in the context of copyright in literary, artistic, dramatic
            or musical work, — not computer programme — (Section 14(a);
C           the statute enables the copyright owner to “issue copies of the
            work to the public not being copies already in circulation”.
            But for the explanation, it could arguably be said that the copyright
            owner lost his domain, or right to control the manner of further
            dealing in copies which were in circulation. Yet, a careful reading
            of Section 14 would reveal that the content of copyrights in respect
D
            of each nature of work (literary, dramatic, or musical work, on
            the one hand, computer programme, artistic work, cinematograph
            film, etc on the other) are distinct — evident from the listing out
            of such rights, separately, in clauses (a) to (f) of the section. The
            reference to “copies in circulation” has to be therefore, in the
E           context; the phrase is used to limit the copyright owner’s right to
            dictate further use of a literary, musical and dramatic work (Section
            14(a)(ii)). None of the owners of other classes of work are subject
            to that limitation. The restriction of one class of copyright owner,
            structured in the statute serves a dual purpose- it limits the owner
            of that class of copyright; and at the same time leaves it open to
F
            the copyright owner of other kinds of work, to place such
            restrictions.”
                                                             (emphasis in original)
            126. Contrasting the aforesaid with section 14(d)(ii) of the
G     Copyright Act, as it stood prior to the amendment in 2012, the learned
      Single Judge then went on to hold:
            “64. The second reason is that Section 14(1)(d) provides that the
            copyright owner has, in case of cinematographic films, the
            exclusive right to sell or give on hire or offer for sale or hire, any
H           copy of the film, regardless of whether such copy has been sold
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           459
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      or given on hire on earlier occasion. The copyright owner, therefore     A
      continues to be entitled to exercise rights in a particular copy of
      the film regardless of whether it has been sold previously- in
      express contrast to literary works, which are “already in
      circulation”. This is reinforced by Section 51(b)(i), which
      unambiguously provides that copyright in a work shall be infringed
                                                                               B
      if a person does anything the exclusive right do which is by the
      Act, conferred upon the owner of the copyright; it is also
      emphasized by Section 51(b)(i) which makes for sale or hire, or
      sells or lets for hire, or by way of trade displays or offers for sale
      or hire, any infringing copies of the work. The proviso, crucially,
      exempts from the definition importation of a single infringing copy      C
      for “the private and domestic use of the importer”. As noted earlier,
      importation of a copy into India, in contravention of the Act — for
      instance, without the license, or authorization of the copyright
      owner, is an infringement; such copy is an infringing copy under
      Section 2(m).”
                                                                               D
                                                    (emphasis in original)
      127. Thus, the Single Judge concluded:
      “67. The express indication in Section 14(a)(ii) that a copyright
      owner of literary works cannot exercise domain over copies in
      circulation, shows that exhaustion, if one may term it, applies only     E
      in relation to the class of copyrights in Section 14(a) and to the
      extent specified in clause (ii). Thus, the copyright owner of a
      literary work, cannot dictate how and under what conditions a
      copy can be re-sold, once it is “circulated”. This limited
      “exhaustion” negates the applicability of the principle in regard to     F
      other classes of copyrights. Thus, Parliament having intervened
      in one category of copyrights to grant a limited kind of “exhaustion”
      and consciously chosen not to extend it to others, sleight of judicial
      reasoning cannot extend its application…”
       128. However, the learned Additional Solicitor General relied upon      G
the judgment of another learned Single Judge of the High Court of Delhi
who had occasion to consider the aforesaid doctrine in John Wiley &
Sons Inc. v. Prabhat Chander Kumar Jain, IA No. 11331/2008 in
CS(OS) No. 1960/2008 reported in 2010 SCC OnLine Del 2000.
The case involved the sale of low-priced editions of books meant for the
Indian market in foreign territories, contrary to the terms prescribed by      H
460            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     the copyright licence. After referring to a number of authorities, the
      learned Single Judge held:
            “68. The legal propositions which emanate from this discussion
            are as under:
               a) That the court will measure the infringement of the copyright
B              from the rights of the owner of the copyright when the owner
               is before the court for violation of its rights.
               b) That the rights of the owner may be broader than the limited
               rights of the exclusive licencee, although the exclusive licencee
               has the independent right to sue for infringement of the
C              copyright.
               c) The rights of the owner and exclusive licencee may not be
               the same and the rights of the exclusive licensee shall also be
               subject to the fetters imposed by the agreement between the
               licensor and licencee.
D
            69. Applying these principles to the present case, it can be seen
            that the plaintiff no. 1, 3 and 5 are the worldwide owners of the
            books and their copyright as mentioned and averred in the plaint.
            The plaintiff nos. 2, 4 and 6 are the exclusive licensees licensed to
            publish the said books in India and other territories. The plaintiffs’
E           grievance is that Defendant no. 3 Technischer Overseas Pvt. Ltd.
            which is a bookseller in Delhi is purchasing the said Low Price
            Editions of the books meant for the Indian market and the territories
            defined from the plaintiffs no. 2, 4, 6 and is offering the said low
            prize books from the websites www.alibris.com, www.biblio.com
F           to territories outside the prescribed ones on the book is infringing
            the copyright of the plaintiffs.
            70. The said acts of the defendants of purchase of the books
            from the exclusive licensees/licensees are legitimate in nature and
            do not hinder or take away anyone’s rights including the rights of
            exclusive licensees/licensee. But once the said defendant no. 3
G
            offers for sale the books or publications (which are fettered by
            territorial restrictions purchased from exclusive licensees) and puts
            them into circulation by selling or offering for sale or by taking
            orders for sale to the territories beyond the ones for which
            permission has been granted by the owners of the copyright, the
H           said acts are prima facie tantamount to putting into circulation or
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           461
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    issuance of copies not being in circulation in other territories where     A
    the right to do so is of the owner to exercise and violates the
    rights of the owner of the copyright under Section 14 read with
    Section 51 of the Act, if not the rights of the exclusive licensee. In
    other words, the said acts of selling the books from India or offering
    for sale from India through website and thereafter accepting the
                                                                               B
    money and couriering the books to an unauthorized territory will
    violate the right of the owners of the copyright which are plaintiff
    no. 1, 3, 5 to issue the copies to the public not already in circulation
    (not of exclusive licensees) and thus will, prima facie, infringe
    their copyright.
               xxx xxx xxx                                                     C

    79. The said position of the licensee is equally applicable in cases
    of computer software and is seen in normal course when anyone
    purchases the software. Computer software are mostly licensed
    and are sold and distributed with their own conditions and limitations.
    The purchasers of the said computer software either from the               D
    owner or from the licensee is aware of the arrangement or license
    agreement that the said computer software for instance is meant
    for single user or multiple usage. The said purchaser is within
    notice while making purchase of the said software and is thus
    bound by the said conditions of the license. Once the said purchaser       E
    violates the condition of the said license, he/she becomes liable
    for infringement of copyright of the owner.
    80. Likewise is the case with the books in the present matter.
    Once the defendants purchase the Low Price Editions books of
    the plaintiffs from their exclusive licensee, they are conscious of        F
    the fact that the said editions are subject to territorial restrictions
    which are meant to be sold within the limited territories only. The
    notice on the book itself gives knowledge to the purchaser about
    the said territorial restriction. The said knowledge is also evident
    when the defendant themselves offer the same books to the
    customers outside the territories while representing that “it is an        G
    international edition in paperback. The contents are identical
    to the American Edition, word for word. The ISBN differs from
    the American Edition and the book is in black and white but
    the contents are completely same as the American Edition at
    a great price.””                                                           H
462             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            129. The learned Single Judge then embarked upon a discussion
      of the doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion, finding the absence
      of an express provision in the Copyright Act recognising international
      exhaustion, and summed up its impact in the context of the facts before
      him as follows:
B            “100. a) At the outset, again, I would like to reiterate the three
             propositions a) the meaning of copyright has been defined under
             Section 14 of the Copyright Act as is clear from the opening words
             of the Section; b) The rights of the owner have to be looked into
             as per Section 51 of the Act while measuring infringement; c)
             The rights of the owner may be broader than that of the licensee.
C            In the present case, the first sale has been effected by the exclusive
             licensees plaintiff nos. 2, 4, 6 and their rights are limited and are
             subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by the agreement.
             That being so, the applicability of the first sale doctrine qua the
             sales effected by the exclusive licensee to the defendants will at
D            best exhaust the rights of the exclusive licensees to complain and
             not the rights of the owner. The right of the owner to complain for
             remaining infringement in unauthorised territories for violation of
             the permission granted and violation of the rights will remain intact.
             Thus, the applicability of first sale doctrine will partially exhaust
             the rights of the licencee and not of the owner of the copyright
E            i.e. plaintiff nos. 1, 3 and 5. xxx xxx xxx
             104. The discussion makes it apparent that the learned single
             judge has doubted the mode of the applicability of the first sales
             doctrine in India as per the existing law. The same may lead to
             partial or regional exhaustion or international exhaustion. As per
F            my opinion, as the express provision for international exhaustion
             is absent in our Indian law, it would be appropriate to confine the
             applicability of the same to regional exhaustion. Be that as it may,
             in the present case, the circumstances do not even otherwise
             warrant this discussion as the rights if at all are exhausted are to
             the extent to which they are available with the licensees as the
G            books are purchased from the exclusive licensees who have limited
             rights and not from the owner. In these circumstances, the question
             of exhaustion of rights of owner in the copyright does not arise at
             all.”
             130. Thus, since copies of the low-priced editions could not be
H     said to be “copies already in circulation” in the foreign territories that
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         463
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

they were resold in, the learned Single Judge concluded that the principle   A
of exhaustion would not apply. On the other hand, in the facts of the
appeals before us, the distributors resell shrink-wrapped copies of the
computer programmes that are already put in circulation by foreign, non-
resident suppliers/manufacturers, since they have been sold and imported
into India via distribution agreements, and are thus not hit by section
                                                                             B
14(a)(ii) of the Copyright Act. This is made clear by the explanation to
section 14 of the Copyright Act, which states as follows:
      “Explanation.—For the purposes of this section, a copy which
      has been sold once shall be deemed to be a copy already in
      circulation.”
                                                                             C
       131. In UsedSoft GmbH v. Oracle International Corp. (Case
C-128/11) [“UsedSoft v. Oracle (ECJ)”], the European Court of
Justice [“ECJ”] was concerned with Article 4 of Directive 2001/29/EC
of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2001 on the
harmonisation of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the
information society [“EC Directive 2001/29”], which provides as              D
follows:
                                 “Article 4
                              Distribution right
      1. Member States shall provide for authors, in respect of the
                                                                             E
      original of their works or of copies thereof, the exclusive right to
      authorise or prohibit any form of distribution to the public by sale
      or otherwise.
      2. The distribution right shall not be exhausted within the
      Community in respect of the original or copies of the work, except
      where the first sale or other transfer of ownership in the Community   F
      of that object is made by the rightholder or with his consent.”
      132. Coming to Article 4(2) of EC Directive 2001/29, the ECJ
posed a question, thus:
      “35. By its second question, which should be addressed first, the      G
      referring court essentially seeks to know whether and under what
      conditions the downloading from the internet of a copy of a
      computer program, authorised by the copyright holder, can give
      rise to exhaustion of the right of distribution of that copy in the
      European Union within the meaning of Article 4(2) of Directive
      2009/24.                                                               H
464            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                          [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           36. It should be recalled that under Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/
            24 the first sale in the European Union of a copy of a computer
            program by the rightholder or with his consent exhausts the
            distribution right within the European Union of that copy.
            37. According to the order for reference, the copyright holder
B           itself, in this case Oracle, makes available to its customers in the
            European Union who wish to use its computer program a copy of
            that program which can be downloaded from its website.
            38. To determine whether, in a situation such as that at issue in
            the main proceedings, the copyright holder’s distribution right is
C           exhausted, it must be ascertained, first, whether the contractual
            relationship between the rightholder and its customer, within which
            the downloading of a copy of the program in question has taken
            place, may be regarded as a ‘first sale … of a copy of a program’
            within the meaning of Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/24.”

D             133. Concluding that the transfer of a copy of a computer
      programme, accompanied by the conclusion of an EULA constituted a
      “first sale… of a copy of a program” within the meaning of Article 4(2)
      of EC Directive 2001/29 (see paragraph 48), the ECJ then went on to
      describe the principle of exhaustion as follows:

E           “70. An original acquirer who resells a tangible or intangible copy
            of a computer program for which the copyright holder’s right of
            distribution is exhausted in accordance with Article 4(2) of
            Directive 2009/24 must, in order to avoid infringing the exclusive
            right of reproduction of a computer program which belongs to its
            author, laid down in Article 4(1)(a) of Directive 2009/24, make his
F           own copy unusable at the time of its resale. In a situation such as
            that mentioned in the preceding paragraph, the customer of the
            copyright holder will continue to use the copy of the program
            installed on his server and will not thus make it unusable.
            71. Moreover, even if an acquirer of additional user rights for the
G           computer program concerned did not carry out a new installation
            — and hence a new reproduction — of the program on a server
            belonging to him, the effect of the exhaustion of the distribution
            right under Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/24 would in any event
            not extend to such user rights. In such a case the acquisition of
            additional user rights does not relate to the copy for which the
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         465
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      distribution right was exhausted at the time of that transaction.      A
      On the contrary, it is intended solely to make it possible to extend
      the number of users of the copy which the acquirer of additional
      rights has himself already installed on his server.
      72. On the basis of all the foregoing, the answer to Question 2 is
      that Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/24 must be interpreted as          B
      meaning that the right of distribution of a copy of a computer
      program is exhausted if the copyright holder who has authorised,
      even free of charge, the downloading of that copy from the internet
      onto a data carrier has also conferred, in return for payment of a
      fee intended to enable him to obtain a remuneration corresponding
      to the economic value of the copy of the work of which he is the       C
      proprietor, a right to use that copy for an unlimited period.”
        134. The ECJ concluded that the copyright owner exhausts his
distribution right in copies of a computer programme upon making the
first sale, provided that the copy is made unusable by the first acquirer,
as follows:                                                                  D

      “78. Admittedly, as stated in paragraph 70 above, the original
      acquirer of a tangible or intangible copy of a computer program
      for which the copyright holder’s distribution right is exhausted in
      accordance with Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/24 who resells
      that copy must, in order to avoid infringing that rightholder’s        E
      exclusive right of reproduction of his computer program under
      Article 4(1)(a) of Directive 2009/24, make the copy downloaded
      onto his computer unusable at the time of its resale.
      79. As Oracle rightly observes, ascertaining whether such a copy
      has been made unusable may prove difficult. However, a copyright       F
      holder who distributes copies of a computer program on a material
      medium such as a CD ROM or DVD is faced with the same
      problem, since it is only with great difficulty that he can make
      sure that the original acquirer has not made copies of the program
      which he will continue to use after selling his material medium. To    G
      solve that problem, it is permissible for the distributor — whether
      ‘classic’ or ‘digital’ — to make use of technical protective
      measures such as product keys.
      80. Since the copyright holder cannot object to the resale of a
      copy of a computer program for which that rightholder’s distribution
                                                                             H
466            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           right is exhausted under Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/24, it must
            be concluded that a second acquirer of that copy and any
            subsequent acquirer are ‘lawful acquirers’ of it within the meaning
            of Article 5(1) of Directive 2009/24.
            81. Consequently, in the event of a resale of the copy of the
B           computer program by the first acquirer, the new acquirer will be
            able, in accordance with Article 5(1) of Directive 2009/24, to
            download onto his computer the copy sold to him by the first
            acquirer. Such a download must be regarded as a reproduction of
            a computer program that is necessary to enable the new acquirer
            to use the program in accordance with its intended purpose.”
C
             135. The learned Additional Solicitor General, however, strongly
      relied upon the decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the
      Ninth Circuit in Vernor v. Autodesk, Inc., 621 F.3d 1102 (9th Cir.
      2010), wherein it dealt with the doctrine of first sale/principle of
      exhaustion. The facts of the case were set out as follows:
D
            “A. Autodesk’s Release 14 software and licensing practices
            The material facts are not in dispute. Autodesk makes computer-
            aided design software used by architects, engineers, and
            manufacturers. It has more than nine million customers. It first
E           released its Auto CAD software in 1982. It holds registered
            copyrights in all versions of the software including the discontinued
            Release 14 version, which is at issue in this case. It provided
            Release 14 to customers on CD-ROMs.
            Since at least 1986, Autodesk has offered Auto CAD to customers
F           pursuant to an accompanying software license agreement
            (“SLA”), which customers must accept before installing the
            software. A customer who does not accept the SLA can return
            the software for a full refund. Autodesk offers SLAs with different
            terms for commercial, educational institution[s], and student users.
G           The commercial license, which is the most expensive, imposes
            the fewest restrictions on users and allows them software upgrades
            at discounted prices.
            The SLA for Release 14 first recites that Autodesk retains title to
            all copies. Second, it states that the customer has a nonexclusive
H           and nontransferable license to use Release 14. Third, it imposes
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                       467
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    transfer restrictions, prohibiting customers from renting, leasing,    A
    or transferring the software without Autodesk’s prior consent and
    from electronically or physically transferring the software out of
    the Western Hemisphere. Fourth, it imposes significant use
    restrictions:
       YOU MAY NOT: (1) modify, translate, reverse engineer,               B
       decompile, or disassemble the Software … (3) remove any
       proprietary notices, labels, or marks from the Software or
       Documentation; (4) use the Software outside of the Western
       Hemisphere; (5) utilize any computer software or hardware
       designed to defeat any hardware copy-protection device, should
       the software you have licensed be equipped with such                C
       protection; or (6) use the Software for commercial or other
       revenue- generating purposes if the Software has been licensed
       or labeled for educational use only.
    Fifth, the SLA provides for license termination if the user copies
    the software without authorization or does not comply with the         D
    SLA’s restrictions. Finally, the SLA provides that if the software
    is an upgrade of a previous version:
       [Y]ou must destroy the software previously licensed to you,
       including any copies resident on your hard disk drive $ within
       sixty (60) days of the purchase of the license to use the upgrade   E
       or update$ Autodesk reserves the right to require you to show
       satisfactory proof that previous copies of the software have
       been destroyed.
    Autodesk takes measures to enforce these license requirements.
    It assigns a serial number to each copy of AutoCAD and tracks          F
    registered licensees. It requires customers to input “activation
    codes” within one month after installation to continue using the
    software.1 The customer obtains the code by providing the
    product’s serial number to Autodesk. Autodesk issues the activation
    code after confirming that the serial number is authentic, the copy    G
    is not registered to a different customer, and the product has not
    been upgraded. Once a customer has an activation code, he or
    she may use it to activate the software on additional computers
    without notifying Autodesk.”’
                                                    (pages 1104-1105)
                                                                           H
468            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            136. The Court noted that the application of the doctrine turned
      on the following question:
            “This case requires us to decide whether Autodesk sold Release
            14 copies to its customers or licensed the copies to its customers.
            If CTA owned its copies of Release 14, then both its sales to
B           Vernor and Vernor’s subsequent sales were non-infringing under
            the first sale doctrine. However, if Autodesk only licensed CTA
            to use copies of Release 14, then CTA’s and Vernor’s sales of
            those copies are not protected by the first sale doctrine and would
            therefore infringe Autodesk’s exclusive distribution right.”
C                                                                   (page 1107)
                                                           (emphasis supplied)
           137. On these facts, the doctrine of first sale/principle of
      exhaustion, as applicable in USA, was set out as follows:

D           “A. The first sale doctrine
            The Supreme Court articulated the first sale doctrine in 1908,
            holding that a copyright owner’s exclusive distribution right is
            exhausted after the owner’s first sale of a particular copy of the
            copyrighted work. See Bobbs-Merrill Co. v. Straus, 210 U.S.
            339, 350-51 (1908). In Bobbs-Merrill, the plaintiff-copyright
E
            owner sold its book with a printed notice announcing that any
            retailer who sold the book for less than one dollar was responsible
            for copyright infringement. (Id. at 341). Plaintiff sought injunctive
            relief against defendants- booksellers who failed to comply with
            the price restriction. (Id. at 341-42). The Supreme Court rejected
F           the plaintiff’s claim, holding that its exclusive distribution right
            applied only to first sales of copies of the work. (Id. at 350-51).
            The distribution right did not permit [the] plaintiff to dictate that
            subsequent sales of the work below a particular price were
            infringing. Id. The Court noted that its decision solely applied to
            the rights of a copyright owner that distributed its work without a
G
            license agreement. (Id. at 350) (“There is no claim in this case of
            contract limitation, nor license agreement controlling the subsequent
            sales of the book.”).
            Congress codified the first sale doctrine the following year. See
            17 U.S.C. § 41 (1909). In its current form, it allows the “owner of
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                              469
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      a particular copy” of a copyrighted work to sell or dispose of his          A
      copy without the copyright owner’s authorization. (Id. § 109(a)
      (enacted 1976)). The first sale doctrine does not apply to a person
      who possesses a copy of the copyrighted work without owning it,
      such as a licensee. See id. § 109(d); cf. Quality King Distribs.,
      Inc. v. L’Anza Research Int’l Inc., 523 U.S. 135, 146-47 (1998)
                                                                                  B
      (“[T]he first sale doctrine would not provide a defense to $ any
      non-owner such as a bailee, a licensee, a consignee, or one whose
      possession of the copy was unlawful.”).”
                                                          (pages 1107-1108)
       138. Given the restrictions specifically imposed by the software           C
licence agreement in the facts of the case, the Court held that the
copyright owner retained the title to the copies of the software, and thus
the resale of such copies violated the distribution right of the copyright
owner, as follows:
      “B. Analysis                                                                D
      We hold today that a software user is a licensee rather than an
      owner of a copy where the copyright owner (1) specifies that the
      user is granted a license; (2) significantly restricts the user’s ability
      to transfer the software; and (3) imposes notable use restrictions.12
      Applying our holding to Autodesk’s SLA, we conclude that CTA                E
      was a licensee rather than an owner of copies of Release 14 and
      thus was not entitled to invoke the first sale doctrine or the essential
      step defense.
      Autodesk retained title to the software and imposed significant
      transfer restrictions: it stated that the license is non-transferable,      F
      the software could not be transferred or leased without Autodesk’s
      written consent, and the software could not be transferred outside
      the Western Hemisphere. The SLA also imposed use restrictions
      against the use of the software outside the Western Hemisphere
      and against modifying, translating, or reverse-engineering the
      software, removing any proprietary marks from the software or               G
      documentation, or defeating any copy protection device.
      Furthermore, the SLA provided for termination of the license upon
      the licensee’s unauthorized copying or failure to comply with other
      license restrictions. Thus, because Autodesk reserved title to
      Release 14 copies and imposed significant transfer and use
                                                                                  H
470             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           restrictions, we conclude that its customers are licensees of their
            copies of Release 14 rather than owners.
            CTA was a licensee rather than an “owner of a particular copy”
            of Release 14, and it was not entitled to resell its Release 14
            copies to Vernor under the first sale doctrine. 17 U.S.C. § 109(a).
B           Therefore, Vernor did not receive title to the copies from CTA
            and accordingly could not pass ownership on to others. Both CTA’s
            and Vernor’s sales infringed Autodesk’s exclusive right to distribute
            copies of its work. Id. § 106(3).”
                                                               (pages 1111-1112)
C             139. As a result, given the conditions of the software licence
      agreement in the facts before it, the Court held that the doctrine of first
      sale would not apply, as Autodesk, the copyright owner, did not part with
      title to the copies of the software. On the other hand, as has been held in
      paragraph 52 of this judgment, the EULAs and distribution agreements
D     that the appeals before us are concerned with, do not grant a licence in
      terms of section 30 of the Copyright Act, but do in fact convey title to
      the material object embedded with a copy of the computer software to
      the distributors/end-users.
             140. A conspectus of the aforesaid authorities would show that
E     the doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion is dependent, in the first
      place, upon legislation which either recognises or refuses to recognise
      the doctrine (thereby continuing to vest distribution rights in the copyright
      owner, even beyond the first sale of the copyrighted work). Thus, for
      example, prior to the amendment of section 14(d)(ii) in 2012, dealing
      with a cinematograph film, the distribution right to sell or give on hire or
F     offer for sale or hire, any copy of the film, would continue to vest in the
      copyright owner, “regardless of whether such copy ha[d] been sold
      or given on hire on earlier occasion”, which manifested the legislative
      intent against the application of the doctrine of first sale/principle of
      exhaustion. Post 2012, however, the balance between the copyright
G     owner’s distribution right and the right of the purchaser to further resale,
      was tilted in favour of the latter, the words “regardless of whether such
      copy has been sold or given on hire on earlier occasion” being deleted
      by the amendment. Likewise, when it comes to section 14(a)(ii) of the
      Copyright Act, the distribution right subsists with the owner of copyright
      to issue copies of the work to the public, to the extent such copies are
H     not copies already in circulation, thereby manifesting a legislative intent
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           471
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

to apply the doctrine of first sale/principle of exhaustion, as has been       A
found by the High Court of Delhi in Warner Bros. (supra).
       141. Like section 14(d)(ii) of the Copyright Act, section 14(b)(ii),
has, after the 1999 Amendment, with effect from 15.01.2000, also deleted
the words “regardless of whether such copy has been sold or given on
hire on earlier occasions’’, thereby making it clear that the same tilt that   B
had been made in section 14(d)(ii) of the Copyright Act vide the
amendment in 2012 in favour of the purchaser, is also to be found post
the 1999 Amendment, in section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act.
        142. The language of section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act makes
it clear that it is the exclusive right of the owner to sell or to give on     C
commercial rental or offer for sale or for commercial rental “any copy
of the computer programme”. Thus, a distributor who purchases
computer software in material form and resells it to an end-user cannot
be said to be within the scope of the aforesaid provision. The sale or
commercial rental spoken of in section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act is
of “any copy of a computer programme”, making it clear that the section        D
would only apply to the making of copies of the computer programme
and then selling them, i.e., reproduction of the same for sale or commercial
rental.
        143. The object of section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act, in the
context of a computer program, is to interdict reproduction of the said        E
computer programme and consequent transfer of the reproduced
computer programme to subsequent acquirers/end-users. By way of
contrast, once a book is sold, on further resale of the same book, the
purchaser loses the material book altogether, as such purchaser has, for
consideration, parted with the book once and for all. This may not be so       F
in the case of a computer programme, which is why the ECJ in UsedSoft
v. Oracle (ECJ) (supra) held that unless a further resale of a computer
software stored on a floppy disc/CD is accompanied by the destruction
of the said software on the computer of the reseller/first acquirer, the
copyright owner’s rights would be easily infringed by mere reproduction
thereof. This is also recognised in section 65A of the Copyright Act           G
which punishes the circumvention of technological protection measures,
such as encryption codes, product keys etc. designed to ensure that the
first acquirer’s copy is made unusable. Thus, once it is understood that
the object of section 14(b)(ii) of the Copyright Act is not to interdict the
sale of computer software that is “licensed” to be sold by a distributor,      H
472             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                             [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     but that it is to prevent copies of computer software once sold being
      reproduced and then transferred by way of sale or otherwise, it becomes
      clear that any sale by the author of a computer software to a distributor
      for onward sale to an end-user, cannot possibly be hit by the said provision.
      Further, as has rightly been pointed out by Shri S. Ganesh, learned Senior
      Advocate appearing on behalf of Sonata Information Technology Ltd. in
B
      C.A. Nos. 8737- 8941/2018, the distributor cannot use the computer
      software at all and has to pass on the said software, as shrink-wrapped
      by the owner, to the end-user for a consideration, the distributor’s profit
      margin being that of an intermediary who merely resells the same product
      to the end-user.
C            144. For all these reasons, we cannot accede to the argument
      made by the learned Additional Solicitor General that the distribution of
      copyrighted computer software, on the facts of the appeals before us,
      would constitute the grant of an interest in copyright under section 14(b)(ii)
      of the Copyright Act, thus necessitating the deduction of tax at source
D     under section 195 of the Income Tax Act.
          INTERPRETATION                     OF        TREATIES,            OECD
      COMMENTARY    AND                     THE        REVENUE’S             OWN
      UNDERSTANDING
             145. The DTAAs that have been entered into by India with other
E     Contracting States have to be interpreted liberally with a view to implement
      the true intention of the parties. This Court, in Azadi Bachao Andolan
      (supra) put it thus:
             “98. In John N. Gladden v. Her Majesty the Queen [85 DTC
             5188 at p. 5190] the principle of liberal interpretation of tax treaties
F            was reiterated by the Federal Court, which observed:
                “Contrary to an ordinary taxing statute a tax treaty or
                convention must be given a liberal interpretation with a view to
                implementing the true intentions of the parties. A literal or
                legalistic interpretation must be avoided when the basic object
G               of the treaty might be defeated or frustrated insofar as the
                particular item under consideration is concerned.””
             “Interpretation of treaties
             130. The principles adopted in interpretation of treaties are not
             the same as those in interpretation of a statutory legislation. While
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         473
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    commenting on the interpretation of a treaty imported into a             A
    municipal law, Francis Bennion observes:
       “With indirect enactment, instead of the substantive legislation
       taking the well-known form of an Act of Parliament, it has the
       form of a treaty. In other words, the form and language found
       suitable for embodying an international agreement become, at          B
       the stroke of a pen, also the form and language of a municipal
       legislative instrument. It is rather like saying that, by Act of
       Parliament, a woman shall be a man. Inconveniences may
       ensue. One inconvenience is that the interpreter is likely to be
       required to cope with disorganised composition instead of
       precision drafting. The drafting of treaties is notoriously sloppy    C
       usually for a very good reason. To get agreement, politic
       uncertainty is called for.
       … The interpretation of a treaty imported into municipal law
       by indirect enactment was described by Lord Wilberforce as
       being ‘unconstrained by technical rules of English law, or by         D
       English legal precedent, but conducted on broad principles of
       general acceptation. This echoes the optimistic dictum of Lord
       Widgery, C.J. that the words ‘are to be given their general
       meaning, general to lawyer and layman alike … the meaning
       of the diplomat rather than the lawyer’.” [Francis Bennion:           E
       Statutory Interpretation, p. 461 [Butterworths, 1992 (2nd
       Edn.)].]
    131. An important principle which needs to be kept in mind in the
    interpretation of the provisions of an international treaty, including
    one for double taxation relief, is that treaties are negotiated and      F
    entered into at a political level and have several considerations as
    their bases. Commenting on this aspect of the matter, David R.
    Davis in Principles of International Double Taxation Relief [
    David R. Davis: Principles of International Double Taxation Relief,
    p. 4 (London, Sweet & Maxwell, 1985).], points out that the main
    function of a Double Taxation Avoidance Treaty should be seen            G
    in the context of aiding commercial relations between treaty
    partners and as being essentially a bargain between two treaty
    countries as to the division of tax revenues between them in respect
    of income falling to be taxed in both jurisdictions. It is observed
    (vide paragraph 1.06):                                                   H
474            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A               “The benefits and detriments of a double tax treaty will probably
                only be truly reciprocal where the flow of trade and investment
                between treaty partners is generally in balance. Where this is
                not the case, the benefits of the treaty may be weighed more
                in favour of one treaty partner than the other, even though the
                provisions of the treaty are expressed in reciprocal terms. This
B               has been identified as occurring in relation to tax treaties
                between developed and developing countries, where the flow
                of trade and investment is largely one-way.
                Because treaty negotiations are largely a bargaining process
                with each side seeking concessions from the other, the final
C               agreement will often represent a number of compromises, and
                it may be uncertain as to whether a full and sufficient quid
                pro quo is obtained by both sides.”
             And, finally, in paragraph 1.08:
                “Apart from the allocation of tax between the treaty partners,
D               tax treaties can also help to resolve problems and can obtain
                benefits which cannot be achieved unilaterally.””
             146. Further, the House of Lords in Ostime (Inspector of Taxes)
      v. Australian Mutual Provident Society, [1959] AC 259 by a
      judgment dated 16.07.1959 remarked upon, what it termed the
      “international tax language” of bilateral taxation agreements, as follows:
E
             “Bilateral agreements for regulating some of the problems of
             double taxation began, at any rate so far as the United Kingdom
             was concerned, in 1946. The form employed, which, for obvious
             reasons, employs similar forms and similar language in all
             agreements, is derived, I believe, from a set of model clauses
F            proposed by the financial commission of the League of Nations.
             The aim is to provide by treaty for the tax claims of two
             governments, both legitimately interested in taxing a particular
             source of income either by resigning to one of the two the whole
             claim or else by prescribing the basis on which the tax claim is to
             be shared between them. For our purpose it is convenient to note
G
             that the language employed in this agreement is what may be
             called international tax language and that such categories as
             “enterprise,” “commercial or industrial profits” and “permanent
             establishment” have no exact counterpart in the taxing code of
             the United Kingdom.”
H                                                                     (page 480)
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          475
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       147. All the DTAAs with which we are concerned, have, as their         A
starting point, either the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and
Capital [“OECD Model Tax Convention”] and/or the United Nations
Model Double Taxation Convention between Developed and Developing
Countries [“UN Model Convention”] insofar as the taxation of royalty
for parting with copyright is concerned.
                                                                              B
       148. The OECD Model Tax Convention speaks of the importance
of the OECD Commentary, as follows:
       “2. It has long been recognised among the member countries of
       the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
       that it is desirable to clarify, standardise, and confirm the fiscal
       situation of taxpayers who are engaged in commercial, industrial,      C
       financial, or any other activities in other countries through the
       application by all countries of common solutions to identical cases
       of double taxation. These countries have also long recognised the
       need to improve administrative co-operation in tax matters, notably
       through exchange of information and assistance in collection of        D
       taxes, for the purpose of preventing tax evasion and avoidance.
       3. These are the main purposes of the OECD Model Tax
       Convention on Income and on Capital, which provides a means of
       settling on a uniform basis the most common problems that arise
       in the field of international juridical double taxation. As
       recommended by the Council of OECD, member countries, when             E
       concluding or revising bilateral conventions, should conform to
       this Model Convention as interpreted by the Commentaries thereon
       and having regard to the reservations contained therein and their
       tax authorities should follow these Commentaries, as modified
       from time to time and subject to their observations thereon, when      F
       applying and interpreting the provisions of their bilateral tax
       conventions that are based on the Model Convention.”
       “29.2 Similarly, taxpayers make extensive use of the
       Commentaries in conducting their businesses and planning their
       business transactions and investments. The Commentaries are of
       particular importance in countries that do not have a procedure        G
       for obtaining an advance ruling on tax matters from the tax
       administration as the Commentaries may be the only available
       source of interpretation in that case.”
         (OECD Model Tax Convention 2017 - Condensed Version)
                                                       (emphasis supplied)    H
476             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           149. The OECD Model Tax Convention, in Article 12 thereof,
      defines the term “royalties” as follows:
                                          “Article 12
                                        ROYALTIES
B                       xxx xxx xxx
             2. The term “royalties” as used in this Article means payments of
             any kind received as a consideration for the use of, or the right to
             use, any copyright of literary, artistic or scientific work including
             cinematograph films, any patent, trade mark, design or model,
C            plan, secret formula or process, or for information concerning
             industrial, commercial or scientific experience.”
             150. When the definition of “royalties” is seen in all the DTAAs
      that we are concerned with, it is found that “royalties” is defined in a
      manner either identical with or similar to the definition contained in Article
D     12 of the OECD Model Tax Convention. This being the case, the OECD
      Commentary on the provisions of the OECD Model Tax Convention
      then becomes relevant. The OECD Commentary has been referred to
      and relied upon in several earlier judgments. See:
             i. Union of India v. Azadi Bachao Andolan, (2004) 10 SCC 1
             at pages 42-43;
E
             ii. Formula One World Championship Ltd. v. CIT, (2017)
             15 SCC 602 at pages 629-630; and
             iii. CIT v. E-Funds IT Solution Inc., (2018) 13 SCC 294 at
             pages 322-323.
F          151. The importance of the OECD Commentary, when it comes
      to DTAAs, was also underscored by the High Court of Australia in
      Thiel v. Federal Commissioner of Taxation, High Court of
      Australia, [1990] 94 ALR 647, which put it thus:
             “Article 31 of the Vienna Convention provides that a treaty is to
G            be interpreted “in good faith in accordance with the ordinary
             meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and
             in the light of its object and purpose’’. The context includes, in
             addition to the text, any instrument which was made by one or
             more parties in connection with the conclusion of the treaty and
H            accepted by the other parties as an instrument related to the treaty.
 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                        477
   THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

        For my part, I do not see why the OECD model convention and                          A
        commentaries should not be regarded as having been made in
        connection with and accepted by the parties to a bilateral treaty
        subsequently concluded in accordance with the framework of the
        model. However, some doubts have been expressed about the
        applicability, as a matter of language, of Art. 31 to the
                                                                                             B
        commentaries in the case of a bilateral treaty such as a double
        taxation agreement: see Jones et al., “The Interpretation of Tax
        Treaties with Particular Reference to Article 3(2) of the OECD
        Model-II’’, (1984) British Tax Review 90 at p. 92.
        I turn, therefore, to Art. 32 of the Vienna Convention which allows
        recourse to be had to supplementary means of interpretation,                         C
        including the preparatory work of the treaty and the circumstances
        of its conclusion, in order to confirm the meaning resulting from
        the application of Art. 31, or to determine the meaning when the
        interpretation according to Art. 31 leaves the meaning ambiguous
        or obscure or leads to a result which is manifestly absurd or                        D
        unreasonable. Whilst the model convention and commentaries may
        not strictly amount to work preparatory to the double taxation
        agreement between Australia and Switzerland, they are documents
        which form the basis for the conclusion of bilateral double taxation
        agreements of the kind in question and, as with treaties in pari
        materia, provide a guide to the current usage of terms by the                        E
        parties. They are, therefore, a supplementary means of
        interpretation to which recourse may be had under Art. 32 of the
        Vienna Convention.”47
                    (Concurring Opinion of Dawson J., pages 653-654)
                                                                                             F
        “The Agreement is a treaty and is to be interpreted in accordance
        with the rules of interpretation recognised by international lawyers:
        Shipping Corporation of India Ltd. v. Gamlen Chemical Co.
        (A/Asia) Pty. Ltd. (1980) 147 C.L.R. 142 at p. 159. Those rules
        have now been codified by the Vienna Convention on the Law of
        Treaties to which Australia, but not Switzerland, is a party.                        G

47
  This Court, in Ram Jethmalani v. Union of India, (2011) 8 SCC 1, noted that
though India is not a party to the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, the
principles of international law and the principle of interpretation contained in Article
31 thereof provide broad guidelines to interpret treaties in the Indian context also. (See
paragraph 69).
                                                                                             H
478           SUPREME COURT REPORTS                          [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A          Nevertheless, because the interpretation provisions of the Vienna
           Convention reflect the customary rules for the interpretation of
           treaties, it is proper to have regard to the terms of the Convention
           in interpreting the Agreement, even though Switzerland is not a
           party to that Convention: Fothergill v. Monarch Airlines Ltd.
           (1981) A.C. 251 at pp. 276, 282, 290; Commonwealth v. Tasmania
B
           (the Tasmanian Dam case) (1983) 158 C.L.R. 1 at p. 222; Golder
           case (1975) 57 I.L.R. 201 at pp. 213-214. Article 31 of the
           Convention requires a treaty to be interpreted in accordance with
           the ordinary meaning to be given to its terms “in their context and
           in the light of its object and purpose’’. The context includes the
C          preamble and annexes to the treaty: Art. 31(2). Recourse may
           also be had to “supplementary means of interpretation, including
           the preparatory work of the treaty and the circumstances of its
           conclusion’’ to confirm the meaning resulting from the application
           of Art. 31 or to determine the meaning of the treaty when
           interpretation according to Art. 31 leaves its meaning obscure or
D
           ambiguous or leads to a result which is manifestly absurd or
           unreasonable: Art. 32.
           The Agreement is one “for the avoidance of double taxation with
           respect to taxes on income’’. Accordingly, it is necessary to
           interpret the words of the Agreement with that particular purpose
E          in mind. Moreover, the term “enterprise’’ in Art. 3 and 7 of the
           Agreement is ambiguous because, on the one hand, it can mean a
           project or activity undertaken and, on the other hand, it can mean
           a framework for making and carrying out decisions in respect of
           activities and projects. Consequently, it is proper to have regard
F          to any “supplementary means of interpretation’’ in interpreting
           the Agreement. In this case, the “supplementary means of
           interpretation’’ are the 1977 OECD Model Convention for the
           Avoidance of Double Taxation with respect to Taxes on Income
           and on Capital, which was the model for the Agreement, and a
           commentary issued by the OECD in relation to that model
G          convention. But before referring to those two documents, it is
           necessary to describe the Agreement in more detail.”
                    (Concurring Opinion of McHugh J., pages 658-659)
             152. The OECD Commentary on royalty payments under Article
H     12 is instructive, and states as follows :
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                         479
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    “12. Whether payments received as consideration for computer             A
    software may be classified as royalties poses difficult problems
    but is a matter of considerable importance in view of the rapid
    development of computer technology in recent years and the extent
    of transfers of such technology across national borders. In 1992,
    the Commentary was amended to describe the principles by which
                                                                             B
    such classification should be made. Paragraphs 12 to 17 were
    further amended in 2000 to refine the analysis by which business
    profits are distinguished from royalties in computer software
    transactions. In most cases, the revised analysis will not result in
    a different outcome.
    12.1 Software may be described as a program, or series of                C
    programs, containing instructions for a computer required either
    for the operational processes of the computer itself (operational
    software) or for the accomplishment of other tasks (application
    software). It can be transferred through a variety of media, for
    example in writing or electronically, on a magnetic tape or disk, or     D
    on a laser disk or CD-Rom. It may be standardised with a wide
    range of applications or be tailor-made for single users. It can be
    transferred as an integral part of computer hardware or in an
    independent form available for use on a variety of hardware.
    12.2 The character of payments received in transactions involving        E
    the transfer of computer software depends on the nature of the
    rights that the transferee acquires under the particular arrangement
    regarding the use and exploitation of the program. The rights in
    computer programs are a form of intellectual property. Research
    into the practices of OECD member countries has established
    that all but one protect rights in computer programs either explicitly   F
    or implicitly under copyright law. Although the term “computer
    software” is commonly used to describe both the program — in
    which the intellectual property rights (copyright) subsist — and
    the medium on which it is embodied, the copyright law of most
    OECD member countries recognises a distinction between the               G
    copyright in the program and software which incorporates a copy
    of the copyrighted program. Transfers of rights in relation to
    software occur in many different ways ranging from the alienation
    of the entire rights in the copyright in a program to the sale of a
    product which is subject to restrictions on the use to which it is
    put. The consideration paid can also take numerous forms. These          H
480      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     factors may make it difficult to determine where the boundary
      lies between software payments that are properly to be regarded
      as royalties and other types of payment. The difficulty of
      determination is compounded by the ease of reproduction of
      computer software, and by the fact that acquisition of software
      frequently entails the making of a copy by the acquirer in order to
B
      make possible the operation of the software.
      13. The transferee’s rights will in most cases consist of partial
      rights or complete rights in the underlying copyright (see paragraphs
      13.1 and 15 below), or they may be (or be equivalent to) partial or
      complete rights in a copy of the program (the “program copy”),
C     whether or not such copy is embodied in a material medium or
      provided electronically (see paragraphs 14 to 14.2 below). In
      unusual cases, the transaction may represent a transfer of “know-
      how” or secret formula (paragraph 14.3).
      13.1 Payments made for the acquisition of partial rights in the
D     copyright (without the transferor fully alienating the copyright
      rights) will represent a royalty where the consideration is for
      granting of rights to use the program in a manner that would,
      without such license, constitute an infringement of copyright.
      Examples of such arrangements include licenses to reproduce
      and distribute to the public software incorporating the copyrighted
E
      program, or to modify and publicly display the program. In these
      circumstances, the payments are for the right to use the copyright
      in the program (i.e. to exploit the rights that would otherwise be
      the sole prerogative of the copyright holder). It should be noted
      that where a software payment is properly to be regarded as a
F     royalty there may be difficulties in applying the copyright provisions
      of the Article to software payments since paragraph 2 requires
      that software be classified as a literary, artistic or scientific work.
      None of these categories seems entirely apt. The copyright laws
      of many countries deal with this problem by specifically classifying
      software as a literary or scientific work. For other countries
G
      treatment as a scientific work might be the most realistic approach.
      Countries for which it is not possible to attach software to any of
      those categories might be justified in adopting in their bilateral
      treaties an amended version of paragraph 2 which either omits all
      references to the nature of the copyrights or refers specifically to
H     software.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                        481
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

    14. In other types of transactions, the rights acquired in relation     A
    to the copyright are limited to those necessary to enable the user
    to operate the program, for example, where the transferee is
    granted limited rights to reproduce the program. This would be
    the common situation in transactions for the acquisition of a program
    copy. The rights transferred in these cases are specific to the
                                                                            B
    nature of computer programs. They allow the user to copy the
    program, for example onto the user’s computer hard drive or for
    archival purposes. In this context, it is important to note that the
    protection afforded in relation to computer programs under
    copyright law may differ from country to country. In some
    countries the act of copying the program onto the hard drive or         C
    random access memory of a computer would, without a license,
    constitute a breach of copyright. However, the copyright laws of
    many countries automatically grant this right to the owner of
    software which incorporates a computer program. Regardless of
    whether this right is granted under law or under a license
                                                                            D
    agreement with the copyright holder, copying the program onto
    the computer’s hard drive or random access memory or making
    an archival copy is an essential step in utilising the program.
    Therefore, rights in relation to these acts of copying, where they
    do no more than enable the effective operation of the program by
    the user, should be disregarded in analysing the character of the       E
    transaction for tax purposes. Payments in these types of
    transactions would be dealt with as commercial income in
    accordance with Article 7.
    14.1 The method of transferring the computer program to the
    transferee is not relevant. For example, it does not matter whether     F
    the transferee acquires a computer disk containing a copy of the
    program or directly receives a copy on the hard disk of her
    computer via a modem connection. It is also of no relevance that
    there may be restrictions on the use to which the transferee can
    put the software.
                                                                            G
    14.2 The ease of reproducing computer programs has resulted in
    distribution arrangements in which the transferee obtains rights to
    make multiple copies of the program for operation only within its
    own business. Such arrangements are commonly referred to as
    “site licences”, “enterprise licenses”, or “network licences”.
                                                                            H
482      SUPREME COURT REPORTS                           [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     Although these arrangements permit the making of multiple copies
      of the program, such rights are generally limited to those necessary
      for the purpose of enabling the operation of the program on the
      licensee’s computers or network, and reproduction for any other
      purpose is not permitted under the license. Payments under such
      arrangements will in most cases be dealt with as business profits
B
      in accordance with Article 7.
      14.3 Another type of transaction involving the transfer of
      computer software is the more unusual case where a software
      house or computer programmer agrees to supply information about
      the ideas and principles underlying the program, such as logic,
C     algorithms or programming languages or techniques. In these cases,
      the payments may be characterised as royalties to the extent that
      they represent consideration for the use of, or the right to use,
      secret formulas or for information concerning industrial,
      commercial or scientific experience which cannot be separately
D     copyrighted. This contrasts with the ordinary case in which a
      program copy is acquired for operation by the end user.
      14.4 Arrangements between a software copyright holder and a
      distribution intermediary frequently will grant to the distribution
      intermediary the right to distribute copies of the program without
E     the right to reproduce that program. In these transactions, the
      rights acquired in relation to the copyright are limited to those
      necessary for the commercial intermediary to distribute copies of
      the software program. In such transactions, distributors are paying
      only for the acquisition of the software copies and not to exploit
      any right in the software copyrights. Thus, in a transaction where
F     a distributor makes payments to acquire and distribute software
      copies (without the right to reproduce the software), the rights in
      relation to these acts of distribution should be disregarded in
      analysing the character of the transaction for tax purposes.
      Payments in these types of transactions would be dealt with as
G     business profits in accordance with Article 7. This would be the
      case regardless of whether the copies being distributed are
      delivered on tangible media or are distributed electronically
      (without the distributor having the right to reproduce the software),
      or whether the software is subject to minor customisation for the
      purposes of its installation.
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                           483
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

      15. Where consideration is paid for the transfer of the full             A
      ownership of the rights in the copyright, the payment cannot
      represent a royalty and the provisions of the Article are not
      applicable. Difficulties can arise where there is a transfer of rights
      involving:
          — exclusive right of use of the copyright during a specific          B
          period or in a limited geographical area;
          — additional consideration related to usage;
          — consideration in the form of a substantial lump sum payment.
      16. Each case will depend on its particular facts but in general if
      the payment is in consideration for the transfer of rights that          C
      constitute a distinct and specific property (which is more likely in
      the case of geographically-limited than time limited rights), such
      payments are likely to be business profits within Article 7 or a
      capital gain within Article 13 rather than royalties within Article
      12. That follows from the fact that where the ownership of rights
      has been alienated, the consideration cannot be for the use of the       D
      rights. The essential character of the transaction as an alienation
      cannot be altered by the form of the consideration, the payment
      of the consideration in instalments or, in the view of most countries,
      by the fact that the payments are related to a contingency.
      17. Software payments may be made under mixed contracts.                 E
      Examples of such contracts include sales of computer hardware
      with built-in software and concessions of the right to use software
      combined with the provision of services. The methods set out in
      paragraph 11 above for dealing with similar problems in relation
      to patent royalties and know-how are equally applicable to
                                                                               F
      computer software. Where necessary the total amount of the
      consideration payable under a contract should be broken down on
      the basis of the information contained in the contract or by means
      of a reasonable apportionment with the appropriate tax treatment
      being applied to each apportioned part.”
                                                        (emphasis supplied)    G
      153. However, the learned Additional Solicitor General has taken
us through the positions taken by India (in the capacity of an OECD
non-member) with regard to Article 12 of the OECD Model Tax
Convention and the OECD Commentary, first in 2008, reiterated in 2014
and 2017, as follows:                                                          H
484            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           “4.1 India reserves the right to: tax royalties and fees for technical
            services at source; define these, particularly by reference to its
            domestic law; define the source of such payments, which may
            extend beyond the source defined in paragraph 5 of Article 11,
            and modify paragraphs 3 and 4 accordingly.”
B           “17. India reserves its position on the interpretations provided in
            paragraphs 8.2, 10.1, 10.2, 14, 14.1, 14.2, 14.4, 15, 16 and 17.3; it
            is of the view that some of the payments referred to may constitute
            royalties”
                       (Positions on Article 12, OECD Commentary 2014)
C            154. From these positions taken, which use the language “reserves
      the right to” and “is of the view that some of the payments referred to
      may constitute royalties”, it is not at all clear as to what exactly the
      nature of these positions are. This may be contrasted with the categorical
      language used by India in its positions taken with respect to other aspects
D     (“India does not agree to”), as follows:
            “18. India does not agree with the interpretation that information
            concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience is
            confined to only previous experience.”
            “20. India does not agree with the interpretation in paragraph 9.1
E           of the Commentary on Article 12 according to which a payment
            for transponder leasing will not constitute royalty. This notion is
            contrary to the Indian position that income from transponder leasing
            constitutes an equipment royalty taxable both under India’s
            domestic law and its treaties with many countries. It is also contrary
F           to India’s position that a payment for the use of a transponder is a
            payment for the use of a process resulting in a royalty under Article
            12. India also does not agree with the conclusion included in the
            paragraph concerning undersea cables and pipelines as it considers
            that undersea cables and pipelines are industrial, commercial or
            scientific equipment and that payments made for their use constitute
G           equipment royalties.
            21. India does not agree with the interpretation in paragraph 9.2
            of the Commentary on Article 12. It considers that a roaming call
            constitutes the use of a process. Accordingly, the payment made
            for the use of that process constitutes a royalty for the purposes
H           of Article 12. It is also the position of India that a payment for a
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                            485
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       roaming call constitutes a royalty since it is a payment for the use     A
       of industrial, commercial or scientific equipment.
       22. India does not agree with the interpretation in paragraph 9.3
       of the Commentary on Article 12. It considers that a payment for
       spectrum license constitutes a royalty taxable both under India’s
       domestic law and its treaties with many countries.”                      B
                  (Positions on Article 12, OECD Commentary 2014)
       155. In Director of Income Tax v. New Skies Satellite BV,
(2016) 382 ITR 114 [“New Skies Satellite”], a Division Bench of
the High Court of Delhi correctly observed that mere positions taken
with respect to the OECD Commentary do not alter the DTAA’s                     C
provisions, unless it is actually amended by way of bilateral re-negotiation.
This was put thus:
       “68. On a final note, India’s change in position to the OECD
       Commentary cannot be a fact that influences the interpretation of
       the words defining royalty as they stand today. The only manner
       in which such change in position can be relevant is if such change       D
       is incorporated into the agreement itself and not otherwise. A
       change in executive position cannot bring about a unilateral
       legislative amendment into a treaty concluded between two
       sovereign states. It is fallacious to assume that any change made
       to domestic law to rectify a situation of mistaken interpretation        E
       can spontaneously further their case in an international treaty.
       Therefore, mere amendment to Section 9(1)(vi) cannot result in a
       change. It is imperative that such amendment is brought about
       in the agreement as well. Any attempt short of this, even if it is
       evidence of the State’s discomfort at letting data broadcast
       revenues slip by, will be insufficient to persuade this Court to hold    F
       that such amendments are applicable to the DTAAs.”
                                                      (emphasis in original)
       156. It is significant to note that after India took such positions
qua the OECD Commentary, no bilateral amendment was made by India
and the other Contracting States to change the definition of royalties          G
contained in any of the DTAAs that we are concerned with in these
appeals, in accordance with its position. As a matter of fact, DTAAs
that were amended subsequently, such as the Convention between the
Republic of India and the Kingdom of Morocco for the Avoidance of
Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to            H
486             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                               [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     Taxes On Income,48 [“India-Morocco DTAA”], which was amended
      on 22.10.2019,49 incorporated a definition of royalties, not very different
      from the definition contained in the OECD Model Tax Convention, as
      follows:
            “The term “royalties” as used in this Article means:
B           (a) payments of any kind received as a consideration for the use
            of, or the right to use, any copyright of a literary, artistic or scientific
            work, including cinematograph films or recordings on any means
            of reproduction for use for radio or television broadcasting, any
            patent, trade mark, design or model, plan, computer software
C           programme, secret formula or process, or for information
            concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience; and
            (b) payments of any kind received as consideration for the use of,
            or the right to use, any industrial, commercial or scientific
            equipment”
D                                                                      (Article 12.3)
            157. Similarly, though the India-Singapore DTAA came into force
      on 08.08.1994, it has been amended several times, including on
      01.09.2011,50 and 23.03.2017.51 However, the definition of “royalties”
      has been retained without any changes. Likewise, the Convention between
E     the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of Mauritius
      for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal
      Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains and for the
      Encouragement of Mutual Trade and Investment,52 [“India-Mauritius
      DTAA”] was entered into on 06.12.1983, and was amended subsequently
      on 10.08.2016,53 without making any change to the definition of
F
      “royalties”.
             158. It is thus clear that the OECD Commentary on Article 12 of
      the OECD Model Tax Convention, incorporated in the DTAAs in the
      cases before us, will continue to have persuasive value as to the
      interpretation of the term “royalties” contained therein.
G
      48
         Notification : No. GSR 245(E), dated 15-3-2000.
      49
         Amended by Notification No. S.O. 3789(E) [No.84/2019/F.No.503/09/2009-FTD-
      II], Dated 22-10-2019.
      50
         Notification No. S.O. 2031(E).
      51
         Notification No. S.O. 935(E).
      52
         Notification No. GSR 920(E).
H     53
         Notification No. S.O. 2680(E) (No.68/2016 (F.No.500/3/2012-FTD-II).
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                          487
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

       159. Viewed from another angle, persons who pay TDS and/or             A
assessees in the nations governed by a DTAA have a right to know
exactly where they stand in respect of the treaty provisions that govern
them. Such persons and/or assessees can thus place reliance upon the
OECD Commentary for provisions of the OECD Model Tax Convention,
which are used without any substantial change by bilateral DTAAs, in
                                                                              B
the absence of judgments of municipal courts clarifying the same, or in
the event of conflicting municipal decisions. From this point of view also,
the OECD Commentary is significant, as the Contracting States to which
the persons deducting tax/assessees belong, can conclude business
transactions on the basis that they are to be taxed either on income by
way of royalties for parting with copyright, or income derived from licence   C
agreements which is then taxed as business profits depending on the
existence of a PE in the Contracting State.
     160. The learned Additional Solicitor General, however, relied upon
the HPC Report 2003 and the E-Commerce Report 2016. The HPC
Report 2003, noting the various characterisation issues in relation to e-     D
commerce payments, recommended as follows:
      “...The Committee also recommends that a clear position on each
      category of transactions should be taken by the Central Board of
      Direct Taxes (“CBDT”). This will ensure uniformity of approach
      among all the assessing officers. Since new categories of               E
      transactions are likely to emerge at a fast pace with advances in
      technology, it is also recommended that the CBDT should closely
      monitor the developments and issue guidelines to the assessing
      officers on new emerging categories of transactions as a continuing
      process. The monitoring should be through an expert advisory
                                                                              F
      body on which the tax administration, the profession and the
      concerned industry is represented.”
                                                         (pages 146-147)
       161. The E-Commerce Report 2016 proposed an equalization
levy to be chargeable on specified digital services (see paragraph 11.2)      G
and noted that its recommendation to impose a withholding tax on digital
transactions would require an express inclusion in tax treaties in order to
be feasible, as follows:
      “108. After taking cognizance of these observations, the
      Committee considers that the option of “withholding tax” offers a       H
488            SUPREME COURT REPORTS                            [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A           practical way of allocating partial taxing rights in respect of income
            from digital economy, which shares attributes that may be similar
            to royalty or fee for technical services, and which can be complied
            in respect of B2B transactions by the process of withholding.
            However, such a tax on income would be feasible only if it is
            included in the tax treaties, which take precedence over Indian
B
            domestic laws, unless it is designed as a tax on the gross payment.”
                                                            (emphasis supplied)
             162. These reports also do not carry the matter much further as
      they are recommendatory reports expressing the views of the committee
C     members, which the Government of India may accept or reject. When it
      comes to DTAA provisions, even if the position put forth in the
      aforementioned reports were to be accepted, a DTAA would have to be
      bilaterally amended before any such recommendation can become law
      in force for the purposes of the Income Tax Act.
D           163. The learned Additional Solicitor General also sought to rely
      on a decision of the Audiencia Nacional (Spanish National Court) in
      Case No. 207019/1990 dated 28.02.1995 and a decision of the Tribunal
      Supremo (Spanish Supreme Court) in Case No. 8066/1994 dated
      02.10.1999. Quite apart from the fact that he only presented certain
      extracts and not the entire judgment rendered in these cases, these
E
      authorities have no relevance to the appeals before us, having been
      decided on the basis of the taxation law of Spain.
             164. The learned Additional Solicitor General then referred to the
      judgment of this Court in Commissioner of Customs v. G.M. Exports,
      (2016) 1 SCC 91, and in particular on the four propositions that were
F
      culled out in the context of the levy of an anti-dumping duty in consonance
      with the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), 1994, as
      follows:
            “23. A conspectus of the aforesaid authorities would lead to the
            following conclusions:
G
                (1) Article 51(c) of the Constitution of India is a directive
                principle of State policy which states that the State shall
                endeavour to foster respect for international law and treaty
                obligations. As a result, rules of international law which are
                not contrary to domestic law are followed by the courts in this
H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                             489
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

          country. This is a situation in which there is an international        A
          treaty to which India is not a signatory or general rules of
          international law are made applicable. It is in this situation that
          if there happens to be a conflict between domestic law and
          international law, domestic law will prevail.
          (2) In a situation where India is a signatory nation to an             B
          international treaty, and a statute is passed pursuant to the said
          treaty, it is a legitimate aid to the construction of the provisions
          of such statute that are vague or ambiguous to have recourse
          to the terms of the treaty to resolve such ambiguity in favour
          of a meaning that is consistent with the provisions of the treaty.
                                                                                 C
          (3) In a situation where India is a signatory nation to an
          international treaty, and a statute is made in furtherance of
          such treaty, a purposive rather than a narrow literal construction
          of such statute is preferred. The interpretation of such a statute
          should be construed on broad principles of general acceptance
                                                                                 D
          rather than earlier domestic precedents, being intended to carry
          out treaty obligations, and not to be inconsistent with them.
          (4) In a situation in which India is a signatory nation to an
          international treaty, and a statute is made to enforce a treaty
          obligation, and if there be any difference between the language
                                                                                 E
          of such statute and a corresponding provision of the treaty, the
          statutory language should be construed in the same sense as
          that of the treaty. This is for the reason that in such cases
          what is sought to be achieved by the international treaty is a
          uniform international code of law which is to be applied by the
          courts of all the signatory nations in a manner that leads to the      F
          same result in all the signatory nations.”
       165. The conclusions in the aforestated paragraph have no direct
relevance to the facts at hand as the effect of section 90(2) of the Income
Tax Act, read with explanation 4 thereof, is to treat the DTAA provisions
as the law that must be followed by Indian courts, notwithstanding what          G
may be contained in the Income Tax Act to the contrary, unless more
beneficial to the assessee.
      For all these reasons therefore, these submissions of the learned
Additional Solicitor General are rejected.
                                                                                 H
490             SUPREME COURT REPORTS                                      [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A            166. At this juncture, it is also important to point out that vide
      Circular No.10/2002 dated 09.10.2002, the Revenue, after referring to
      section 195 of the Income Tax Act and deciding that a No Objection
      Certificate from the Department would not be necessary if the person
      making the remittance is to submit an undertaking along with the
      certificate of an accountant to the Reserve Bank of India [“RBI”], has
B
      itself made a distinction in the proforma of the certificate to be issued in
      Annexure B to the aforesaid Circular, between remittances for royalties
      (see Row No. 5) and remittances for supply of articles or computer
      software (see Row No. 7), as follows:
                                           ANNEXURE ‘B’
C
                                           CERTIFICATE

       1.      Name and address of the beneficiary of the
               remittance and the name of theforeign country to
               which remittance isbeing made.
D      2.      Amount of remittance is foreign currency
               indicating the proposed date/month and bank
               through whichremittance is being made.
       3.      Details of tax deducted at source, rate at which        Foreign    Indian
               tax has been deducted and date of deduction.
               Amount to be remitted                                   .....      .....
E              Tax deducted at source                                  .....      ......
               Actual Amount remitted                                  .....      .....
               Rate at which deducted                                  .....      .....
               Date of Deduction                                       ......     .....
       4.      In case the remittance as indicated in
F              (2) above is net of taxes, whether tax payable has
               been grossed up? If so, computation thereof may
               be indicated.
       5.      If the remittance is for royalties, fee for technical
               services, interest, dividend, etc., the clause of the
               relevant DTAA under which the remittance is
               covered along with reasons and the rate at which
G              tax is required to be deducted in terms of such
               clause of the applicable DTAA.
       6.      In case that tax has been deducted at a rate lower
               than the rate prescribed under the applicable
               DTAA, the reasons thereof.

H
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE PVT LTD v.                                      491
  THE COMMISSIONER OF INCOME TAX [R.F. NARIMAN, J.]

 7.     In case remittance is for supply of articles or                                   A
        things (e.g., plant, machinery, equipment, etc.) or
        computer software, please indicate :—
        i. Whether there is any permanent establishment
        in India through which the beneficiary of the
        remittance is directly or indirectly carrying on
        such activity of supply of articles or things?
                                                                                          B
        ii. Whether such remittance is attributable to or
        connected with suchpermanent establishment?
        iii .If so, the amount of income comprised in
        such remittance which isliable to tax.
        iv. If not, the reasons in brief therefor.
 8.     In case remittance is on account ofbusiness                                       C
        income
        please indicate :—
        i. Whether such income is liable to taxin India?
        ii. If so, the basis for arriving at the rateof deduction
        of tax.
        iii. If not, the reasons thereof.                                                 D
 9.     In case tax is not deducted at sourcefor any
        other reason, details thereof.
                                                                    (emphasis supplied)
       167. The Revenue, therefore, when referring to “royalties” under
the DTAA, makes a distinction between such royalties, no doubt in the                     E
context of technical services, and remittances for supply of computer
software, which is then treated as business profits, taxable under the
relevant DTAA depending upon whether there is a PE through which
the assessee operates in India. This is one more circumstance to show
that the Revenue has itself appreciated the difference between the                        F
payment of royalty and the supply/use of computer software in the form
of goods, which is then treated as business income of the assessee taxable
in India if it has a PE in India.
      CONCLUSION
       168. Given the definition of royalties contained in Article 12 of the              G
DTAAs mentioned in paragraph 41 of this judgment, it is clear that there
is no obligation on the persons mentioned in section 195 of the Income
Tax Act to deduct tax at source, as the distribution agreements/EULAs
in the facts of these cases do not create any interest or right in such
distributors/end-users, which would amount to the use of or right to use
                                                                                          H
492              SUPREME COURT REPORTS                        [2021] 2 S.C.R.


A     any copyright. The provisions contained in the Income Tax Act (section
      9(1)(vi), along with explanations 2 and 4 thereof), which deal with
      royalty, not being more beneficial to the assessees, have no application
      in the facts of these cases.
             169. Our answer to the question posed before us, is that the
B     amounts paid by resident Indian end-users/distributors to non-resident
      computer software manufacturers/suppliers, as consideration for the
      resale/use of the computer software through EULAs/distribution
      agreements, is not the payment of royalty for the use of copyright in the
      computer software, and that the same does not give rise to any income
      taxable in India, as a result of which the persons referred to in section
C     195 of the Income Tax Act were not liable to deduct any TDS under
      section 195 of the Income Tax Act. The answer to this question will
      apply to all four categories of cases enumerated by us in paragraph 4 of
      this judgment.
             170. The appeals from the impugned judgments of the High Court
D     of Karnataka are allowed, and the aforesaid judgments are set aside.
      The ruling of the AAR in Citrix Systems (AAR) (supra) is set aside.
      The appeals from the impugned judgments of the High Court of Delhi
      are dismissed.

E     Devika Gujral                                            Appeals disposed of.




F




G




H


Search Indian case law

Ask in plain English, not just keywords. 25,000 AI words free, no card.

Try "Income Tax"Sign in to search

For a digitally signed copy suitable for filing, refer to the court's own website. Only the court can issue one.